xref: /dragonfly/contrib/binutils-2.27/ld/ldlang.c (revision ae24b5e0)
1 /* Linker command language support.
2    Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 
4    This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5 
6    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9    (at your option) any later version.
10 
11    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
14    GNU General Public License for more details.
15 
16    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
20 
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28 
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "libbfd.h"
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
45 #include "plugin.h"
46 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
47 
48 #ifndef offsetof
49 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
50 #endif
51 
52 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
53    For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
54    of two, so we can use shifts.  */
55 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
56 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
57 
58 /* Local variables.  */
59 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
60 static struct obstack map_obstack;
61 
62 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
63 #define obstack_chunk_free free
64 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
65 static bfd_boolean placed_commons = FALSE;
66 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
73 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
74 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
75 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
76 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
77 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
78 
79 /* Forward declarations.  */
80 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
81 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
82 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
83 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
84 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 			     lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
87 				  lang_output_section_statement_type *);
88 static void print_statements (void);
89 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
90 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
91 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
92 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
93 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
94   (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
95 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
96 
97 /* Exported variables.  */
98 const char *output_target;
99 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
100 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
101 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
102 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
103 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
104 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
105 const char *entry_section = ".text";
106 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
107 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
108 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
109 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
111 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
112 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
113 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
114 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
115 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
116 
117  /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
118     DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal.  */
119 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
120 
121 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
122    Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
123    wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
124    be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
125    That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally.  */
126 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
127 
128 #define new_stat(x, y) \
129   (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
130 
131 #define outside_section_address(q) \
132   ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
133 
134 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
135   ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
136 
137 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
138 
139 void *
140 stat_alloc (size_t size)
141 {
142   return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
143 }
144 
145 static int
146 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
147 {
148   if (wildcardp (pattern))
149     return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
150   return strcmp (pattern, name);
151 }
152 
153 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
154    separator.  If not, return NULL.  */
155 
156 static char *
157 archive_path (const char *pattern)
158 {
159   char *p = NULL;
160 
161   if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
162     return p;
163 
164   p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
165 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
166   if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
167     return p;
168 
169   /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
170      as in "c:\silly.dos".  */
171   if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
172     p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
173 #endif
174   return p;
175 }
176 
177 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
178    return whether F matches FILE_SPEC.  */
179 
180 static bfd_boolean
181 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
182 				 lang_input_statement_type *f)
183 {
184   bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
185 
186   if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
187        || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
188       && ((sep != file_spec)
189 	  == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
190     {
191       match = TRUE;
192 
193       if (sep != file_spec)
194 	{
195 	  const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
196 	  *sep = 0;
197 	  match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
198 	  *sep = link_info.path_separator;
199 	}
200     }
201   return match;
202 }
203 
204 static bfd_boolean
205 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
206 		  const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
207 {
208   struct unique_sections *unam;
209   const char *secnam;
210 
211   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
212       && sec->owner != NULL
213       && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
214     return !(os != NULL
215 	     && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
216 
217   secnam = sec->name;
218   for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
219     if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
220       return TRUE;
221 
222   return FALSE;
223 }
224 
225 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections.  */
226 
227 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard.  This just calls
228    the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
229    and excludes the file.  It's hardly ever present so this
230    function is very fast.  */
231 
232 static void
233 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
234 			    lang_input_statement_type *file,
235 			    asection *s,
236 			    struct wildcard_list *sec,
237 			    callback_t callback,
238 			    void *data)
239 {
240   struct name_list *list_tmp;
241 
242   /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded.  */
243   for (list_tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list;
244        list_tmp;
245        list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
246     {
247       char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
248 
249       if (p != NULL)
250 	{
251 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
252 	    return;
253 	}
254 
255       else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
256 	return;
257 
258       /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage?  Matching
259 	 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
260 	 been superceded by the archive:path syntax.  */
261       else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
262 	       && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
263 	       && name_match (list_tmp->name,
264 			      file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
265 	return;
266     }
267 
268   (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
269 }
270 
271 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
272    but slowly.  */
273 
274 static void
275 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
276 			   lang_input_statement_type *file,
277 			   callback_t callback,
278 			   void *data)
279 {
280   asection *s;
281   struct wildcard_list *sec;
282 
283   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
284     {
285       sec = ptr->section_list;
286       if (sec == NULL)
287 	(*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
288 
289       while (sec != NULL)
290 	{
291 	  bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
292 
293 	  if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
294 	    {
295 	      const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
296 
297 	      skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
298 	    }
299 
300 	  if (!skip)
301 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
302 
303 	  sec = sec->next;
304 	}
305     }
306 }
307 
308 /* Routines to find a single section given its name.  If there's more
309    than one section with that name, we report that.  */
310 
311 typedef struct
312 {
313   asection *found_section;
314   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
315 } section_iterator_callback_data;
316 
317 static bfd_boolean
318 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
319 {
320   section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
321 
322   if (d->found_section != NULL)
323     {
324       d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
325       return TRUE;
326     }
327 
328   d->found_section = s;
329   return FALSE;
330 }
331 
332 static asection *
333 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
334 	      struct wildcard_list *sec,
335 	      bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
336 {
337   section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
338 
339   bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
340 			      section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
341   *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
342   return cb_data.found_section;
343 }
344 
345 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
346    which can be expensive because of charset translations etc.  */
347 
348 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
349    where the literal part is at least 4 characters long.  */
350 
351 static bfd_boolean
352 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
353 {
354   size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
355   return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
356 }
357 
358 static bfd_boolean
359 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
360 {
361   /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
362      non-wildcard characters.  So we can go faster.  */
363   if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
364       || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
365     return FALSE;
366 
367   pattern += 4;
368   name += 4;
369   while (*pattern != '*')
370     if (*name++ != *pattern++)
371       return FALSE;
372 
373   return TRUE;
374 }
375 
376 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
377    section name NAME.  */
378 
379 static unsigned long
380 get_init_priority (const char *name)
381 {
382   char *end;
383   unsigned long init_priority;
384 
385   /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
386      attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
387      lower value means a higher priority.
388 
389      1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
390 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
391 	The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
392 	.fini_array is backward.
393      2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
394 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
395 	The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
396 	is forward.
397    */
398   if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
399       || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
400     {
401       init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
402       return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
403     }
404   else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
405 	   || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
406     {
407       init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
408       return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
409     }
410 
411   return 0;
412 }
413 
414 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT.  */
415 
416 static int
417 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
418 {
419   int ret;
420   unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
421 
422   switch (sort)
423     {
424     default:
425       abort ();
426 
427     case by_init_priority:
428       ainit_priority
429 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
430       binit_priority
431 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
432       if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
433 	goto sort_by_name;
434       ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
435       if (ret)
436 	break;
437       else
438 	goto sort_by_name;
439 
440     case by_alignment_name:
441       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
442 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
443       if (ret)
444 	break;
445       /* Fall through.  */
446 
447     case by_name:
448 sort_by_name:
449       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
450 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
451       break;
452 
453     case by_name_alignment:
454       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
455 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
456       if (ret)
457 	break;
458       /* Fall through.  */
459 
460     case by_alignment:
461       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
462 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
463       break;
464     }
465 
466   return ret;
467 }
468 
469 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
470    used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
471    of sections are large.  */
472 
473 static lang_section_bst_type **
474 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
475 		struct wildcard_list *sec,
476 		lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
477 		asection *section)
478 {
479   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
480 
481   tree = &wild->tree;
482   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
483       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
484     {
485       /* Append at the right end of tree.  */
486       while (*tree)
487 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
488       return tree;
489     }
490 
491   while (*tree)
492     {
493       /* Find the correct node to append this section.  */
494       if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
495 	tree = &((*tree)->left);
496       else
497 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
498     }
499 
500   return tree;
501 }
502 
503 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections.  */
504 
505 static void
506 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
507 			      struct wildcard_list *sec,
508 			      asection *section,
509 			      struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
510 			      lang_input_statement_type *file,
511 			      void *output)
512 {
513   lang_section_bst_type *node;
514   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
515   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
516 
517   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
518 
519   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
520     return;
521 
522   node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
523   node->left = 0;
524   node->right = 0;
525   node->section = section;
526 
527   tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
528   if (tree != NULL)
529     *tree = node;
530 }
531 
532 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form.  */
533 
534 static void
535 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
536 				      lang_section_bst_type *tree,
537 				      void *output)
538 {
539   if (tree->left)
540     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
541 
542   lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
543 		    (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
544 
545   if (tree->right)
546     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
547 
548   free (tree);
549 }
550 
551 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
552    wildcards */
553 
554 static void
555 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
556 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
557 				callback_t callback,
558 				void *data)
559 {
560   /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
561      But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
562      (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
563      we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
564      get processed in the bfd's order.  */
565   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
566   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
567   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
568 
569   if (multiple_sections_found)
570     walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
571   else if (s0)
572     walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
573 }
574 
575 static void
576 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
577 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
578 				callback_t callback,
579 				void *data)
580 {
581   asection *s;
582   struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
583 
584   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
585     {
586       const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
587       bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
588 
589       if (!skip)
590 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
591     }
592 }
593 
594 static void
595 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
597 				callback_t callback,
598 				void *data)
599 {
600   asection *s;
601   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
602   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
603   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
604   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
605 
606   if (multiple_sections_found)
607     {
608       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
609       return;
610     }
611 
612   /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
613      we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below.  */
614   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
615     {
616       /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
617 	 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
618 	 wildspec1.  */
619       if (s == s0)
620 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
621       else
622 	{
623 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
624 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
625 
626 	  if (!skip)
627 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
628 					data);
629 	}
630     }
631 }
632 
633 static void
634 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
635 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
636 				callback_t callback,
637 				void *data)
638 {
639   asection *s;
640   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
641   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
642   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
643   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
644   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
645 
646   if (multiple_sections_found)
647     {
648       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
649       return;
650     }
651 
652   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
653     {
654       if (s == s0)
655 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
656       else
657 	{
658 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
659 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
660 
661 	  if (!skip)
662 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
663 	  else
664 	    {
665 	      skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
666 	      if (!skip)
667 		walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
668 					    data);
669 	    }
670 	}
671     }
672 }
673 
674 static void
675 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
676 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
677 				callback_t callback,
678 				void *data)
679 {
680   asection *s;
681   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
682   struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
683   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
684   struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
685   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
686   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
687 
688   if (multiple_sections_found)
689     {
690       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
691       return;
692     }
693 
694   s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
695   if (multiple_sections_found)
696     {
697       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
698       return;
699     }
700 
701   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
702     {
703       if (s == s0)
704 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
705       else
706 	if (s == s1)
707 	  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
708 	else
709 	  {
710 	    const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
711 	    bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
712 						   sname);
713 
714 	    if (!skip)
715 	      walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
716 					  data);
717 	    else
718 	      {
719 		skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
720 		if (!skip)
721 		  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
722 					      callback, data);
723 	      }
724 	  }
725     }
726 }
727 
728 static void
729 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
730 		   lang_input_statement_type *file,
731 		   callback_t callback,
732 		   void *data)
733 {
734   if (file->flags.just_syms)
735     return;
736 
737   (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
738 }
739 
740 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
741    something name2 can match.  We're conservative: we return FALSE
742    only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
743    first wildcard character.  */
744 
745 static bfd_boolean
746 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
747 {
748   size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
749   size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
750   size_t min_prefix_len;
751 
752   /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
753      terminating 0 as part of the prefix.  Thus ".text" won't match
754      ".text." or ".text.*", for example.  */
755   if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
756     prefix1_len++;
757   if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
758     prefix2_len++;
759 
760   min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
761 
762   return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
763 }
764 
765 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
766    statements.  */
767 
768 static void
769 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
770 {
771   int sec_count = 0;
772   int wild_name_count = 0;
773   struct wildcard_list *sec;
774   int signature;
775   int data_counter;
776 
777   ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
778   ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
779   ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
780   ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
781   ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
782   ptr->tree = NULL;
783 
784   /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
785      actually use wildcards in the name.  Also, bail out if any of the
786      wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
787      walk_wild_section used to test for it.)  And bail out if any
788      of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
789      ending in a single '*'.  */
790   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
791     {
792       ++sec_count;
793       if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
794 	return;
795       if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
796 	{
797 	  ++wild_name_count;
798 	  if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
799 	    return;
800 	}
801     }
802 
803   /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
804      happen in practice.  Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
805      happen in practice.  */
806   if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
807     return;
808 
809   /* Check that no two specs can match the same section.  */
810   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
811     {
812       struct wildcard_list *sec2;
813       for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
814 	{
815 	  if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
816 	    return;
817 	}
818     }
819 
820   signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
821   switch (signature)
822     {
823     case 0x0100:
824       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
825       break;
826     case 0x0101:
827       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
828       break;
829     case 0x0201:
830       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
831       break;
832     case 0x0302:
833       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
834       break;
835     case 0x0402:
836       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
837       break;
838     default:
839       return;
840     }
841 
842   /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
843      specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
844      names.  It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
845      given order, because we've already determined that no section
846      will match more than one spec.  */
847   data_counter = 0;
848   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
849     if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
850       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
851   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
852     if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
853       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
854 }
855 
856 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F.  */
857 
858 static void
859 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
860 		lang_input_statement_type *f,
861 		callback_t callback,
862 		void *data)
863 {
864   if (f->the_bfd == NULL
865       || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
866     walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
867   else
868     {
869       bfd *member;
870 
871       /* This is an archive file.  We must map each member of the
872 	 archive separately.  */
873       member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
874       while (member != NULL)
875 	{
876 	  /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
877 	     entry point for the archive.  For each element of the
878 	     archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
879 	     which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
880 	     lang_input_statement.  */
881 	  if (member->usrdata != NULL)
882 	    {
883 	      walk_wild_section (s,
884 				 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
885 				 callback, data);
886 	    }
887 
888 	  member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
889 	}
890     }
891 }
892 
893 static void
894 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
895 {
896   const char *file_spec = s->filename;
897   char *p;
898 
899   if (file_spec == NULL)
900     {
901       /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list.  */
902       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
903 	{
904 	  walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
905 	}
906     }
907   else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
908     {
909       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
910 	{
911 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
912 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
913 	}
914     }
915   else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
916     {
917       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
918 	{
919 	  if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
920 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
921 	}
922     }
923   else
924     {
925       lang_input_statement_type *f;
926 
927       /* Perform the iteration over a single file.  */
928       f = lookup_name (file_spec);
929       if (f)
930 	walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
931     }
932 }
933 
934 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
935    function for each node, except those inside output section statements
936    with constraint set to -1.  */
937 
938 void
939 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
940 				lang_statement_union_type *s)
941 {
942   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
943     {
944       func (s);
945 
946       switch (s->header.type)
947 	{
948 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
949 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
950 	  break;
951 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
952 	  if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
953 	    lang_for_each_statement_worker
954 	      (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
955 	  break;
956 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
957 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
958 					  s->wild_statement.children.head);
959 	  break;
960 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
961 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
962 					  s->group_statement.children.head);
963 	  break;
964 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
965 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
966 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
967 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
968 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
969 	case lang_input_section_enum:
970 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
971 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
972 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
973 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
974 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
975 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
976 	  break;
977 	default:
978 	  FAIL ();
979 	  break;
980 	}
981     }
982 }
983 
984 void
985 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
986 {
987   lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
988 }
989 
990 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
991 
992 void
993 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
994 {
995   list->head = NULL;
996   list->tail = &list->head;
997 }
998 
999 void
1000 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1001 {
1002   if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1003     abort ();
1004   *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1005   stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1006 }
1007 
1008 void
1009 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1010 {
1011   if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1012     abort ();
1013   stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1014 }
1015 
1016 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree.  */
1017 
1018 static lang_statement_union_type *
1019 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1020 	       size_t size,
1021 	       lang_statement_list_type *list)
1022 {
1023   lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1024 
1025   new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1026   new_stmt->header.type = type;
1027   new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1028   lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1029   return new_stmt;
1030 }
1031 
1032 /* Build a new input file node for the language.  There are several
1033    ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1034    or prefix it with a -l etc.
1035 
1036    We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1037    they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1038    foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1039    got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.  */
1040 
1041 static lang_input_statement_type *
1042 new_afile (const char *name,
1043 	   lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1044 	   const char *target,
1045 	   bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1046 {
1047   lang_input_statement_type *p;
1048 
1049   lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1050 
1051   if (add_to_list)
1052     p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1053   else
1054     {
1055       p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1056 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1057       p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1058       p->header.next = NULL;
1059     }
1060 
1061   memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1062 	  sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1063   p->target = target;
1064   p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1065   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1066   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1067   p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1068   p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1069 
1070   switch (file_type)
1071     {
1072     case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1073       p->filename = name;
1074       p->local_sym_name = name;
1075       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1076       p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1077       break;
1078     case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1079       p->filename = name;
1080       p->local_sym_name = name;
1081       break;
1082     case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1083       if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1084 	{
1085 	  p->filename = name + 1;
1086 	  p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1087 	}
1088       else
1089 	p->filename = name;
1090       p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1091       p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1092       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1093       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1094       break;
1095     case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1096       p->filename = name;
1097       p->local_sym_name = name;
1098       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1099       break;
1100     case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1101       p->filename = name;
1102       p->local_sym_name = name;
1103       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1104       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1105       break;
1106     case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1107       p->filename = name;
1108       p->local_sym_name = name;
1109       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1110       break;
1111     default:
1112       FAIL ();
1113     }
1114 
1115   lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1116 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1117 			 &p->next_real_file);
1118   return p;
1119 }
1120 
1121 lang_input_statement_type *
1122 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1123 		     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1124 		     const char *target)
1125 {
1126   if (name != NULL && *name == '=')
1127     {
1128       lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1129       char *sysrooted_name
1130 	= concat (ld_sysroot, name + 1, (const char *) NULL);
1131 
1132       /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1133 	 file independent of the context.  Therefore, temporarily
1134 	 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1135 	 get the sysroot prepended again when opened.  (N.B. if it's a
1136 	 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1137 	 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1138 	 within the sysroot subdirectory.)  */
1139       unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1140       input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1141       ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1142       input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1143       return ret;
1144     }
1145 
1146   return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1147 }
1148 
1149 struct out_section_hash_entry
1150 {
1151   struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1152   lang_statement_union_type s;
1153 };
1154 
1155 /* The hash table.  */
1156 
1157 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1158 
1159 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1160    initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table.  */
1161 
1162 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1163 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1164 				  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1165 				  const char *string)
1166 {
1167   lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1168   struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1169 
1170   if (entry == NULL)
1171     {
1172       entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1173 							   sizeof (*ret));
1174       if (entry == NULL)
1175 	return entry;
1176     }
1177 
1178   entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1179   if (entry == NULL)
1180     return entry;
1181 
1182   ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1183   memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1184   ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1185   ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1186   ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1187   ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1188   lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1189   lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1190 
1191   /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1192      first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1193      field of the last element of the list.  */
1194   if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1195     ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1196       = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1197 	 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1198 	  - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1199 
1200   /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1201      address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1202      instead.  */
1203   nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1204   lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1205 			 &ret->s,
1206 			 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1207   return &ret->root;
1208 }
1209 
1210 static void
1211 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1212 {
1213   if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1214 			      output_section_statement_newfunc,
1215 			      sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1216 			      61))
1217     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1218 }
1219 
1220 static void
1221 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1222 {
1223   bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1224 }
1225 
1226 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree.  */
1227 
1228 void
1229 lang_init (void)
1230 {
1231   obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1232 
1233   stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1234 
1235   output_section_statement_table_init ();
1236 
1237   lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1238 
1239   lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1240   lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1241   lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1242   first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1243 				    NULL);
1244   abs_output_section =
1245     lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1246 
1247   abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1248 
1249   asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1250   asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1251 }
1252 
1253 void
1254 lang_finish (void)
1255 {
1256   output_section_statement_table_free ();
1257 }
1258 
1259 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1260   A region is an area of memory declared with the
1261   MEMORY {  name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1262   syntax.
1263 
1264   We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1265 
1266   If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1267   which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1268 
1269   If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1270   In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1271   already been created.  If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1272   dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1273   and so we issue a warning.
1274 
1275   Each region has at least one name.  The first name is either
1276   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block.  You can add
1277   alias names to an existing region within a script with
1278   REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name).  Each name corresponds to at most one
1279   region.  */
1280 
1281 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1282 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1283   = &lang_memory_region_list;
1284 
1285 lang_memory_region_type *
1286 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1287 {
1288   lang_memory_region_name *n;
1289   lang_memory_region_type *r;
1290   lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1291 
1292   /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified.  */
1293   if (name == NULL)
1294     return NULL;
1295 
1296   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1297     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1298       if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1299 	{
1300 	  if (create)
1301 	    einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1302 		   NULL, name);
1303 	  return r;
1304 	}
1305 
1306   if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1307     einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1308 	   NULL, name);
1309 
1310   new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1311       stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1312 
1313   new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1314   new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1315   new_region->next = NULL;
1316   new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1317   new_region->origin = 0;
1318   new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1319   new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1320   new_region->current = 0;
1321   new_region->last_os = NULL;
1322   new_region->flags = 0;
1323   new_region->not_flags = 0;
1324   new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1325 
1326   *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1327   lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1328 
1329   return new_region;
1330 }
1331 
1332 void
1333 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1334 {
1335   lang_memory_region_name *n;
1336   lang_memory_region_type *r;
1337   lang_memory_region_type *region;
1338 
1339   /* The default region must be unique.  This ensures that it is not necessary
1340      to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1341      the default memory region.  */
1342   if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1343       || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1344     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1345 
1346   /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1347      in use.  */
1348   region = NULL;
1349   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1350     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1351       {
1352 	if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1353 	  region = r;
1354 	if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1355 	  einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region "
1356 		   "alias `%s'\n"),
1357 		 NULL, alias);
1358       }
1359 
1360   /* Check if the target region exists.  */
1361   if (region == NULL)
1362     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' "
1363 	     "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1364 	   NULL, region_name, alias);
1365 
1366   /* Add alias to region name list.  */
1367   n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1368   n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1369   n->next = region->name_list.next;
1370   region->name_list.next = n;
1371 }
1372 
1373 static lang_memory_region_type *
1374 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1375 {
1376   lang_memory_region_type *p;
1377 
1378   flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1379 
1380   /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section.  */
1381   if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1382     sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1383 
1384   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1385     {
1386       if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1387 	  && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1388 	{
1389 	  return p;
1390 	}
1391     }
1392   return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1393 }
1394 
1395 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata.  */
1396 
1397 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1398 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1399 {
1400   return get_userdata (output_section);
1401 }
1402 
1403 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1404    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1405    match any non-negative constraint.  If CREATE, always make a
1406    new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT.  */
1407 
1408 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1409 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1410 				      int constraint,
1411 				      bfd_boolean create)
1412 {
1413   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1414 
1415   entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1416 	   bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1417 			    create, FALSE));
1418   if (entry == NULL)
1419     {
1420       if (create)
1421 	einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1422       return NULL;
1423     }
1424 
1425   if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1426     {
1427       /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1428 	 constraint.  */
1429       struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1430 
1431       name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1432       if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1433 	/* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1434 	   and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1435 	   but that shouldn't matter.  */
1436 	last_ent = entry;
1437       else
1438 	do
1439 	  {
1440 	    if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1441 		|| (constraint == 0
1442 		    && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1443 	      return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1444 	    last_ent = entry;
1445 	    entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1446 	  }
1447 	while (entry != NULL
1448 	       && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1449 
1450       if (!create)
1451 	return NULL;
1452 
1453       entry
1454 	= ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1455 	   output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1456 					     &output_section_statement_table,
1457 					     name));
1458       if (entry == NULL)
1459 	{
1460 	  einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1461 	  return NULL;
1462 	}
1463       entry->root = last_ent->root;
1464       last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1465     }
1466 
1467   entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1468   entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1469   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1470 }
1471 
1472 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1473    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1474    match any non-negative constraint.  */
1475 
1476 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1477 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1478 					int constraint)
1479 {
1480   /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1481      struct out_section_hash_entry.  */
1482   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1483     ((char *) os
1484      - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1485   const char *name = os->name;
1486 
1487   ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1488   do
1489     {
1490       entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1491       if (entry == NULL
1492 	  || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1493 	return NULL;
1494     }
1495   while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1496 	 && (constraint != 0
1497 	     || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1498 
1499   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1500 }
1501 
1502 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1503    Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1504    statement for SEC.  If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1505    sets *EXACT too.  */
1506 
1507 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1508 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1509 				   flagword sec_flags,
1510 				   lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1511 				   lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1512 {
1513   lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1514   flagword look_flags, differ;
1515 
1516   /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*.  May as well
1517      skip it.  */
1518   first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1519   first = first->next;
1520 
1521   /* First try for an exact match.  */
1522   found = NULL;
1523   for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1524     {
1525       look_flags = look->flags;
1526       if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1527 	{
1528 	  look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1529 	  if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1530 					 look->bfd_section,
1531 					 sec->owner, sec))
1532 	    continue;
1533 	}
1534       differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1535       if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1536 		      | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1537 	found = look;
1538     }
1539   if (found != NULL)
1540     {
1541       if (exact != NULL)
1542 	*exact = found;
1543       return found;
1544     }
1545 
1546   if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1547       && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1548     {
1549       /* Try for a rw code section.  */
1550       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1551 	{
1552 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1553 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1554 	    {
1555 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1556 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1557 					     look->bfd_section,
1558 					     sec->owner, sec))
1559 		continue;
1560 	    }
1561 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1562 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1563 			  | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1564 	    found = look;
1565 	}
1566     }
1567   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1568 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1569     {
1570       /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata.  */
1571       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1572 	{
1573 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1574 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1575 	    {
1576 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1577 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1578 					     look->bfd_section,
1579 					     sec->owner, sec))
1580 		continue;
1581 	    }
1582 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1583 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1584 			  | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1585 	      || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1586 			      | SEC_READONLY))
1587 		  && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1588 	    found = look;
1589 	}
1590     }
1591   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1592 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1593     {
1594       /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata.  Treat .tbss
1595 	 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type.  */
1596       bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1597 
1598       match_type = NULL;
1599       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1600 	{
1601 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1602 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1603 	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1604 
1605 	  differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1606 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1607 	    {
1608 	      /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order.  */
1609 	      if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1610 		  && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1611 		/* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1612 		   a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1613 		   previous section.  */
1614 		break;
1615 	      found = look;
1616 	      seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1617 	    }
1618 	  else if (seen_thread_local)
1619 	    break;
1620 	  else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1621 	    found = look;
1622 	}
1623     }
1624   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1625 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1626     {
1627       /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata.  */
1628       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1629 	{
1630 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1631 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1632 	    {
1633 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1634 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1635 					     look->bfd_section,
1636 					     sec->owner, sec))
1637 		continue;
1638 	    }
1639 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1640 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1641 			  | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1642 	      || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1643 		  && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1644 	    found = look;
1645 	}
1646     }
1647   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1648 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1649     {
1650       /* .data goes after .rodata.  */
1651       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1652 	{
1653 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1654 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1655 	    {
1656 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1657 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1658 					     look->bfd_section,
1659 					     sec->owner, sec))
1660 		continue;
1661 	    }
1662 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1663 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1664 			  | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1665 	    found = look;
1666 	}
1667     }
1668   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1669     {
1670       /* .bss goes after any other alloc section.  */
1671       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1672 	{
1673 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1674 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1675 	    {
1676 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1677 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1678 					     look->bfd_section,
1679 					     sec->owner, sec))
1680 		continue;
1681 	    }
1682 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1683 	  if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1684 	    found = look;
1685 	}
1686     }
1687   else
1688     {
1689       /* non-alloc go last.  */
1690       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1691 	{
1692 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1693 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1694 	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1695 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1696 	  if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1697 	    found = look;
1698 	}
1699       return found;
1700     }
1701 
1702   if (found || !match_type)
1703     return found;
1704 
1705   return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1706 }
1707 
1708 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1709    Used by place_orphan.  */
1710 
1711 static asection *
1712 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1713 {
1714   lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1715 
1716   for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1717     {
1718       if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1719 	continue;
1720 
1721       if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1722 	return lookup->bfd_section;
1723     }
1724 
1725   return NULL;
1726 }
1727 
1728 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement.  The
1729    idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1730    statement in a script, before we find another output section
1731    statement.  Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1732    are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases;  The first
1733    assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1734    Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1735    similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1736    insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1737    image symbols.  */
1738 
1739 static lang_statement_union_type **
1740 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1741 {
1742   lang_statement_union_type **where;
1743   lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1744   bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1745 
1746   ignore_first
1747     = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1748 
1749   for (where = &after->header.next;
1750        *where != NULL;
1751        where = &(*where)->header.next)
1752     {
1753       switch ((*where)->header.type)
1754 	{
1755 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1756 	  if (assign == NULL)
1757 	    {
1758 	      lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1759 
1760 	      ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1761 	      if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1762 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1763 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1764 		  && !ignore_first)
1765 		assign = where;
1766 	    }
1767 	  ignore_first = FALSE;
1768 	  continue;
1769 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1770 	case lang_input_section_enum:
1771 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1772 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1773 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
1774 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1775 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1776 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1777 	  assign = NULL;
1778 	  continue;
1779 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1780 	  if (assign != NULL)
1781 	    {
1782 	      asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1783 
1784 	      if (s == NULL
1785 		  || s->map_head.s == NULL
1786 		  || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1787 		where = assign;
1788 	    }
1789 	  break;
1790 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
1791 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
1792 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
1793 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
1794 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
1795 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1796 	  continue;
1797 	}
1798       break;
1799     }
1800 
1801   return where;
1802 }
1803 
1804 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1805 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1806 		    const char *secname,
1807 		    int constraint,
1808 		    lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1809 		    struct orphan_save *place,
1810 		    etree_type *address,
1811 		    lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1812 {
1813   lang_statement_list_type add;
1814   const char *ps;
1815   lang_assignment_statement_type *start_assign;
1816   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1817   lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1818 
1819   /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1820      statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1821      inserting them later into the global statement list.  */
1822   if (after != NULL)
1823     {
1824       lang_list_init (&add);
1825       push_stat_ptr (&add);
1826     }
1827 
1828   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1829       || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1830     address = exp_intop (0);
1831 
1832   os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1833 	     lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1834   os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1835 					    NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1836 
1837   ps = NULL;
1838   start_assign = NULL;
1839   if (config.build_constructors && *os_tail == os)
1840     {
1841       /* If the name of the section is representable in C, then create
1842 	 symbols to mark the start and the end of the section.  */
1843       for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
1844 	if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
1845 	  break;
1846       if (*ps == '\0')
1847 	{
1848 	  char *symname;
1849 
1850 	  symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__start_" + 1);
1851 	  symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1852 	  sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
1853 	  start_assign
1854 	    = lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1855 						exp_nameop (NAME, "."),
1856 						FALSE));
1857 	}
1858     }
1859 
1860   if (add_child == NULL)
1861     add_child = &os->children;
1862   lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1863 
1864   if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1865     {
1866       const char *region = (after->region
1867 			    ? after->region->name_list.name
1868 			    : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1869       const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1870 				? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1871 				: NULL);
1872       lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1873 					   lma_region);
1874     }
1875   else
1876     lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1877 					 NULL);
1878 
1879   if (start_assign != NULL)
1880     {
1881       char *symname;
1882       lang_assignment_statement_type *stop_assign;
1883       bfd_vma dot;
1884 
1885       symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__stop_" + 1);
1886       symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1887       sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__stop_%s", secname);
1888       stop_assign
1889 	= lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1890 					    exp_nameop (NAME, "."),
1891 					    FALSE));
1892       /* Evaluate the expression to define the symbol if referenced,
1893 	 before sizing dynamic sections.  */
1894       dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
1895       exp_fold_tree (start_assign->exp, os->bfd_section, &dot);
1896       dot += TO_ADDR (s->size);
1897       exp_fold_tree (stop_assign->exp, os->bfd_section, &dot);
1898     }
1899 
1900   /* Restore the global list pointer.  */
1901   if (after != NULL)
1902     pop_stat_ptr ();
1903 
1904   if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1905     {
1906       asection *snew, *as;
1907 
1908       snew = os->bfd_section;
1909 
1910       /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1911 	 neater.  This is really only cosmetic.  */
1912       if (place->section == NULL
1913 	  && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1914 		       ->output_section_statement))
1915 	{
1916 	  asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1917 
1918 	  /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1919 	     sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1920 	     look for the closest prior output statement having an
1921 	     output section.  */
1922 	  if (bfd_section == NULL)
1923 	    bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1924 
1925 	  if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1926 	    place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1927 	}
1928 
1929       if (place->section == NULL)
1930 	place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1931 
1932       as = *place->section;
1933 
1934       if (!as)
1935 	{
1936 	  /* Put the section at the end of the list.  */
1937 
1938 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1939 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1940 
1941 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1942 	  bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1943 	}
1944       else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1945 	{
1946 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1947 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1948 
1949 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1950 	  bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1951 	}
1952 
1953       /* Save the end of this list.  Further ophans of this type will
1954 	 follow the one we've just added.  */
1955       place->section = &snew->next;
1956 
1957       /* The following is non-cosmetic.  We try to put the output
1958 	 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1959 	 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1960 	 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1961 	 require extra segments.  For instance, given a typical
1962 	 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1963 	 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1964 	 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1965 	 section before or amongst the read-only ones.  */
1966       if (add.head != NULL)
1967 	{
1968 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1969 
1970 	  if (place->stmt == NULL)
1971 	    {
1972 	      lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1973 
1974 	      *add.tail = *where;
1975 	      *where = add.head;
1976 
1977 	      place->os_tail = &after->next;
1978 	    }
1979 	  else
1980 	    {
1981 	      /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added.  */
1982 	      *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1983 	      *place->stmt = add.head;
1984 	    }
1985 
1986 	  /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1987 	     new list at the tail.  */
1988 	  if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1989 	    stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1990 
1991 	  /* Save the end of this list.  */
1992 	  place->stmt = add.tail;
1993 
1994 	  /* Do the same for the list of output section statements.  */
1995 	  newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1996 	  *os_tail = NULL;
1997 	  newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1998 	    ((char *) place->os_tail
1999 	     - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2000 	  newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2001 	  if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2002 	    newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2003 	  *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2004 	  place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2005 
2006 	  /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2007 	     We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2008 	     trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2009 	     assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2010 	     the same place when assigning *place->os_tail.  */
2011 	  if (*os_tail == NULL)
2012 	    lang_output_section_statement.tail
2013 	      = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2014 	}
2015     }
2016   return os;
2017 }
2018 
2019 static void
2020 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2021 {
2022   struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2023   char buf[100];
2024 
2025   if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2026     return;
2027 
2028   sprintf (buf, _("\nAs-needed library included "
2029 		  "to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2030   minfo ("%s", buf);
2031 
2032   for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2033     {
2034       size_t len;
2035 
2036       minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2037       len = strlen (m->soname);
2038 
2039       if (len >= 29)
2040 	{
2041 	  print_nl ();
2042 	  len = 0;
2043 	}
2044       while (len < 30)
2045 	{
2046 	  print_space ();
2047 	  ++len;
2048 	}
2049 
2050       if (m->ref != NULL)
2051 	minfo ("%B ", m->ref);
2052       minfo ("(%T)\n", m->name);
2053     }
2054 }
2055 
2056 static void
2057 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2058 {
2059   if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2060     minfo ("a");
2061 
2062   if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2063     minfo ("x");
2064 
2065   if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2066     minfo ("r");
2067 
2068   if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2069     minfo ("w");
2070 
2071   if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2072     minfo ("l");
2073 }
2074 
2075 void
2076 lang_map (void)
2077 {
2078   lang_memory_region_type *m;
2079   bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2080 
2081   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2082     {
2083       asection *s;
2084 
2085       if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2086 	  || file->flags.just_syms)
2087 	continue;
2088 
2089       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2090 	if ((s->output_section == NULL
2091 	     || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2092 	    && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2093 	  {
2094 	    if (!dis_header_printed)
2095 	      {
2096 		fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2097 		dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2098 	      }
2099 
2100 	    print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2101 	  }
2102     }
2103 
2104   minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2105   fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2106 	   _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2107 
2108   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2109     {
2110       char buf[100];
2111       int len;
2112 
2113       fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2114 
2115       sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2116       minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2117       len = strlen (buf);
2118       while (len < 16)
2119 	{
2120 	  print_space ();
2121 	  ++len;
2122 	}
2123 
2124       minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2125       if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2126 	{
2127 #ifndef BFD64
2128 	  minfo ("        ");
2129 #endif
2130 	  if (m->flags)
2131 	    {
2132 	      print_space ();
2133 	      lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2134 	    }
2135 
2136 	  if (m->not_flags)
2137 	    {
2138 	      minfo (" !");
2139 	      lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2140 	    }
2141 	}
2142 
2143       print_nl ();
2144     }
2145 
2146   fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2147 
2148   if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2149     {
2150       obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2151       bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2152     }
2153   lang_statement_iteration++;
2154   print_statements ();
2155 
2156   ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2157 			      config.map_file);
2158 }
2159 
2160 static bfd_boolean
2161 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2162 		 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2163 {
2164   if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2165        || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2166       && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2167       && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2168     {
2169       input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2170       struct map_symbol_def *def;
2171 
2172       ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2173 	    get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2174       if (!ud)
2175 	{
2176 	  ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2177 	  get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2178 	  ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2179 	  ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2180 	}
2181       else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2182 	ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2183 
2184       def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2185       def->entry = hash_entry;
2186       *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2187       ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2188       ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2189     }
2190   return TRUE;
2191 }
2192 
2193 /* Initialize an output section.  */
2194 
2195 static void
2196 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2197 {
2198   if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2199     einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2200 
2201   if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2202     s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2203   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2204     s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2205 							 s->name, flags);
2206   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2207     {
2208       einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section"
2209 	       " called %s: %E\n"),
2210 	     link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2211     }
2212   s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2213   s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2214 
2215   /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2216      statement to avoid lookup.  */
2217   get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2218 
2219   /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2220      mention are initialized.  */
2221   if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2222     exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2223 
2224   if (s->load_base != NULL)
2225     exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2226 
2227   /* If supplied an alignment, set it.  */
2228   if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2229     s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2230 }
2231 
2232 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2233    initialized.  */
2234 
2235 static void
2236 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2237 {
2238   switch (exp->type.node_class)
2239     {
2240     case etree_assign:
2241     case etree_provide:
2242       exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2243       break;
2244 
2245     case etree_binary:
2246       exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2247       exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2248       break;
2249 
2250     case etree_trinary:
2251       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2252       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2253       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2254       break;
2255 
2256     case etree_assert:
2257       exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2258       break;
2259 
2260     case etree_unary:
2261       exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2262       break;
2263 
2264     case etree_name:
2265       switch (exp->type.node_code)
2266 	{
2267 	case ADDR:
2268 	case LOADADDR:
2269 	case SIZEOF:
2270 	  {
2271 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2272 
2273 	    os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2274 	    if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2275 	      init_os (os, 0);
2276 	  }
2277 	}
2278       break;
2279 
2280     default:
2281       break;
2282     }
2283 }
2284 
2285 static void
2286 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2287 {
2288   lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2289 
2290   /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2291      discard all sections.  */
2292   if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2293     {
2294       bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2295       return;
2296     }
2297 
2298   if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2299     bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2300 }
2301 
2302 /* The wild routines.
2303 
2304    These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2305    explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2306    foo.o(.text, .data).  */
2307 
2308 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT.  Do this by creating a
2309    lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR.  */
2310 
2311 void
2312 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2313 		  asection *section,
2314 		  struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2315 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2316 {
2317   flagword flags = section->flags;
2318 
2319   bfd_boolean discard;
2320   lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2321   bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2322 
2323   /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
2324   discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2325 
2326   /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2327      DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.  */
2328   if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2329     discard = TRUE;
2330 
2331   /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2332      information.  */
2333   if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2334       && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2335     discard = TRUE;
2336 
2337   if (discard)
2338     {
2339       if (section->output_section == NULL)
2340 	{
2341 	  /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section.  */
2342 	  section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2343 	}
2344       return;
2345     }
2346 
2347   if (sflag_info)
2348     {
2349       bfd_boolean keep;
2350 
2351       keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2352       if (!keep)
2353 	return;
2354     }
2355 
2356   if (section->output_section != NULL)
2357     return;
2358 
2359   /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2360      to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2361      SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2362      section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2363      build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2364      the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.  */
2365   flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2366 
2367   /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2368      already been processed.  One reason to do this is that on pe
2369      format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2370      to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
2371 
2372   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2373     flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2374 
2375   switch (output->sectype)
2376     {
2377     case normal_section:
2378     case overlay_section:
2379       break;
2380     case noalloc_section:
2381       flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2382       break;
2383     case noload_section:
2384       flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2385       flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2386       /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2387 	 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts.  ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2388 	 alloc, no contents section.  All others get a noload, noalloc
2389 	 section.  */
2390       if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2391 	flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2392       else
2393 	flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2394       break;
2395     }
2396 
2397   if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2398     init_os (output, flags);
2399 
2400   /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2401      it from the output section.  */
2402   output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2403 
2404   if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2405     {
2406       /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section.  */
2407       flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2408 
2409       /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same.  */
2410       if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2411 	  != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2412 	  || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2413 	      && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2414 	{
2415 	  output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2416 	  flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2417 	}
2418     }
2419   output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2420 
2421   if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2422     {
2423       output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2424       /* This must happen after flags have been updated.  The output
2425 	 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2426 	 section, eg. for a data statement.  */
2427       bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2428 				     link_info.output_bfd,
2429 				     output->bfd_section,
2430 				     &link_info);
2431       if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2432 	output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2433     }
2434 
2435   if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2436       && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2437     {
2438       /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd...  */
2439       output->block_value = 128;
2440     }
2441 
2442   if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2443     output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2444 
2445   section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2446 
2447   if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2448     {
2449       asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2450       output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2451       section->map_head.s = NULL;
2452       section->map_tail.s = s;
2453       if (s != NULL)
2454 	s->map_head.s = section;
2455       else
2456 	output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2457     }
2458 
2459   /* Add a section reference to the list.  */
2460   new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2461   new_section->section = section;
2462 }
2463 
2464 /* Handle wildcard sorting.  This returns the lang_input_section which
2465    should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2466    based on the sorting requirements of WILD.  It returns NULL if the
2467    new section should just go at the end of the current list.  */
2468 
2469 static lang_statement_union_type *
2470 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2471 	   struct wildcard_list *sec,
2472 	   lang_input_statement_type *file,
2473 	   asection *section)
2474 {
2475   lang_statement_union_type *l;
2476 
2477   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2478       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2479     return NULL;
2480 
2481   for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2482     {
2483       lang_input_section_type *ls;
2484 
2485       if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2486 	continue;
2487       ls = &l->input_section;
2488 
2489       /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2490 	 name.  */
2491 
2492       if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2493 	{
2494 	  const char *fn, *ln;
2495 	  bfd_boolean fa, la;
2496 	  int i;
2497 
2498 	  /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2499 	     dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2500 	     the archive and then the name of the file within the
2501 	     archive.  */
2502 
2503 	  if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2504 	      && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2505 	    {
2506 	      fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2507 	      fa = TRUE;
2508 	    }
2509 	  else
2510 	    {
2511 	      fn = file->filename;
2512 	      fa = FALSE;
2513 	    }
2514 
2515 	  if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2516 	    {
2517 	      ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2518 	      la = TRUE;
2519 	    }
2520 	  else
2521 	    {
2522 	      ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2523 	      la = FALSE;
2524 	    }
2525 
2526 	  i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2527 	  if (i > 0)
2528 	    continue;
2529 	  else if (i < 0)
2530 	    break;
2531 
2532 	  if (fa || la)
2533 	    {
2534 	      if (fa)
2535 		fn = file->filename;
2536 	      if (la)
2537 		ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2538 
2539 	      i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2540 	      if (i > 0)
2541 		continue;
2542 	      else if (i < 0)
2543 		break;
2544 	    }
2545 	}
2546 
2547       /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2548 	 looking at the sections for this file.  */
2549 
2550       if (sec != NULL
2551 	  && sec->spec.sorted != none
2552 	  && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2553 	if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2554 	  break;
2555     }
2556 
2557   return l;
2558 }
2559 
2560 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE.  SECTION may be
2561    NULL, in which case it is a wild card.  */
2562 
2563 static void
2564 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2565 			 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2566 			 asection *section,
2567 			 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2568 			 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2569 			 void *output)
2570 {
2571   lang_statement_union_type *before;
2572   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2573 
2574   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2575 
2576   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2577   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2578     return;
2579 
2580   before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2581 
2582   /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2583      should follow the one we are about to add.  If BEFORE
2584      is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2585      of the current list.  */
2586 
2587   if (before == NULL)
2588     lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2589   else
2590     {
2591       lang_statement_list_type list;
2592       lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2593 
2594       lang_list_init (&list);
2595       lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2596 
2597       /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2598 	 be NULL.  */
2599       if (list.head != NULL)
2600 	{
2601 	  ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2602 
2603 	  for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2604 	       *pp != before;
2605 	       pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2606 	    ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2607 
2608 	  list.head->header.next = *pp;
2609 	  *pp = list.head;
2610 	}
2611     }
2612 }
2613 
2614 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2615    are readonly.  */
2616 
2617 static void
2618 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2619 			struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2620 			asection *section,
2621 			struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 			lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 			void *output)
2624 {
2625   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2626 
2627   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2628 
2629   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2630   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2631     return;
2632 
2633   if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2634     os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2635 }
2636 
2637 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2638    added to the statement tree.  We will see if it has been opened
2639    already and had its symbols read.  If not then we'll read it.  */
2640 
2641 static lang_input_statement_type *
2642 lookup_name (const char *name)
2643 {
2644   lang_input_statement_type *search;
2645 
2646   for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2647        search != NULL;
2648        search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2649     {
2650       /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2651 	 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2652 	 via the search directory lookup mechanism.  */
2653       const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2654 
2655       if (filename != NULL
2656 	  && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2657 	break;
2658     }
2659 
2660   if (search == NULL)
2661     search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2662 			default_target, FALSE);
2663 
2664   /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2665      don't add this file.  */
2666   if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2667     return search;
2668 
2669   if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2670     return NULL;
2671 
2672   return search;
2673 }
2674 
2675 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported.  */
2676 
2677 struct excluded_lib
2678 {
2679   char *name;
2680   struct excluded_lib *next;
2681 };
2682 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2683 
2684 void
2685 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2686 {
2687   const char *p = list, *end;
2688 
2689   while (*p != '\0')
2690     {
2691       struct excluded_lib *entry;
2692       end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2693       if (end == NULL)
2694 	end = p + strlen (p);
2695       entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2696       entry->next = excluded_libs;
2697       entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2698       memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2699       entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2700       excluded_libs = entry;
2701       if (*end == '\0')
2702 	break;
2703       p = end + 1;
2704     }
2705 }
2706 
2707 static void
2708 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2709 {
2710   struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2711 
2712   while (lib)
2713     {
2714       int len = strlen (lib->name);
2715       const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2716 
2717       if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2718 	{
2719 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2720 	  return;
2721 	}
2722 
2723       if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2724 	  && (filename[len] == '\0'
2725 	      || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2726 		  && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2727 	{
2728 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2729 	  return;
2730 	}
2731 
2732       lib = lib->next;
2733     }
2734 }
2735 
2736 /* Get the symbols for an input file.  */
2737 
2738 bfd_boolean
2739 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2740 	      lang_statement_list_type *place)
2741 {
2742   char **matching;
2743 
2744   if (entry->flags.loaded)
2745     return TRUE;
2746 
2747   ldfile_open_file (entry);
2748 
2749   /* Do not process further if the file was missing.  */
2750   if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2751     return TRUE;
2752 
2753   if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2754       && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2755     {
2756       bfd_error_type err;
2757       struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2758       extern FILE *yyin;
2759 
2760       err = bfd_get_error ();
2761 
2762       /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge.  */
2763       if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2764 	return TRUE;
2765 
2766       if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2767 	{
2768 	  char **p;
2769 
2770 	  einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2771 	  einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2772 	  for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2773 	    einfo (" %s", *p);
2774 	  einfo ("%F\n");
2775 	}
2776       else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2777 	       || place == NULL)
2778 	einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2779 
2780       bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2781       entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2782 
2783       /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script.  */
2784       save_flags = input_flags;
2785       ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2786 
2787       push_stat_ptr (place);
2788       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2789 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2790       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2791 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2792       input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2793       input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2794 
2795       ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2796       parser_input = input_script;
2797       yyparse ();
2798       ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2799 
2800       /* missing_file is sticky.  sysrooted will already have been
2801 	 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2802 	 again.  */
2803       save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2804       input_flags = save_flags;
2805       pop_stat_ptr ();
2806       fclose (yyin);
2807       yyin = NULL;
2808       entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2809 
2810       return TRUE;
2811     }
2812 
2813   if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2814     return TRUE;
2815 
2816   /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive.  Instead, the
2817      add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2818      add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2819      which is used.  */
2820   switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2821     {
2822     default:
2823       break;
2824 
2825     case bfd_object:
2826       if (!entry->flags.reload)
2827 	ldlang_add_file (entry);
2828       if (trace_files || verbose)
2829 	info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
2830       break;
2831 
2832     case bfd_archive:
2833       check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2834 
2835       if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2836 	{
2837 	  bfd *member = NULL;
2838 	  bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2839 
2840 	  for (;;)
2841 	    {
2842 	      bfd *subsbfd;
2843 	      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2844 
2845 	      if (member == NULL)
2846 		break;
2847 
2848 	      if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2849 		{
2850 		  einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"),
2851 			 entry->the_bfd, member);
2852 		  loaded = FALSE;
2853 		}
2854 
2855 	      subsbfd = member;
2856 	      if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2857 		    ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2858 					    "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2859 		abort ();
2860 
2861 	      /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2862 		 substitute BFD for us.  */
2863 	      if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2864 		{
2865 		  einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
2866 		  loaded = FALSE;
2867 		}
2868 	    }
2869 
2870 	  entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2871 	  return loaded;
2872 	}
2873       break;
2874     }
2875 
2876   if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2877     entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2878   else
2879     einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2880 
2881   return entry->flags.loaded;
2882 }
2883 
2884 /* Handle a wild statement.  S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2885    may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard.  Separate
2886    lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2887    expansion; they are added after the wild statement S.  OUTPUT is
2888    the output section.  */
2889 
2890 static void
2891 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2892       const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2893       lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2894 {
2895   struct wildcard_list *sec;
2896 
2897   if (s->handler_data[0]
2898       && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2899       && !s->filenames_sorted)
2900     {
2901       lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2902 
2903       walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2904 
2905       tree = s->tree;
2906       if (tree)
2907 	{
2908 	  output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2909 	  s->tree = NULL;
2910 	}
2911     }
2912   else
2913     walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2914 
2915   if (default_common_section == NULL)
2916     for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2917       if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2918 	{
2919 	  /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2920 	     later get something which doesn't know where to put it.  */
2921 	  default_common_section = output;
2922 	  break;
2923 	}
2924 }
2925 
2926 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target.  */
2927 
2928 static int
2929 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2930 {
2931   const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2932 
2933   return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2934 }
2935 
2936 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well.  */
2937 
2938 static void
2939 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2940 {
2941   char c;
2942 
2943   while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2944     *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2945 
2946   *dest = 0;
2947 }
2948 
2949 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2950    from haystack.  */
2951 
2952 static void
2953 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2954 {
2955   haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2956 
2957   if (haystack)
2958     {
2959       char *src;
2960 
2961       for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2962 	*haystack++ = *src++;
2963 
2964       *haystack = 0;
2965     }
2966 }
2967 
2968 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2969    Return a value indicating how "similar" they are.  */
2970 
2971 static int
2972 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2973 {
2974   char *copy1;
2975   char *copy2;
2976   int result;
2977 
2978   copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2979   copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2980 
2981   /* Convert the names to lower case.  */
2982   stricpy (copy1, first);
2983   stricpy (copy2, second);
2984 
2985   /* Remove size and endian strings from the name.  */
2986   strcut (copy1, "big");
2987   strcut (copy1, "little");
2988   strcut (copy2, "big");
2989   strcut (copy2, "little");
2990 
2991   /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2992      starting from the beginning.   If both strings are
2993      the same then return 10 * their length.  */
2994   for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2995     if (copy1[result] == 0)
2996       {
2997 	result *= 10;
2998 	break;
2999       }
3000 
3001   free (copy1);
3002   free (copy2);
3003 
3004   return result;
3005 }
3006 
3007 /* Set by closest_target_match() below.  */
3008 static const bfd_target *winner;
3009 
3010 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3011    requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3012    match to the original output target.  */
3013 
3014 static int
3015 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3016 {
3017   const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3018 
3019   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3020       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3021     return 0;
3022 
3023   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3024       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3025     return 0;
3026 
3027   /* Must be the same flavour.  */
3028   if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3029     return 0;
3030 
3031   /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors.  */
3032   if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3033       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3034       || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3035       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3036     return 0;
3037 
3038   /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one.  */
3039   if (winner == NULL)
3040     {
3041       winner = target;
3042       return 0;
3043     }
3044 
3045   /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3046      Compare their names and choose the better one.  */
3047   if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3048       > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3049     winner = target;
3050 
3051   /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all.  */
3052   return 0;
3053 }
3054 
3055 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file.  */
3056 
3057 static char *
3058 get_first_input_target (void)
3059 {
3060   char *target = NULL;
3061 
3062   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3063     {
3064       if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3065 	  && s->flags.real)
3066 	{
3067 	  ldfile_open_file (s);
3068 
3069 	  if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3070 	      && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3071 	    {
3072 	      target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3073 
3074 	      if (target != NULL)
3075 		break;
3076 	    }
3077 	}
3078     }
3079 
3080   return target;
3081 }
3082 
3083 const char *
3084 lang_get_output_target (void)
3085 {
3086   const char *target;
3087 
3088   /* Has the user told us which output format to use?  */
3089   if (output_target != NULL)
3090     return output_target;
3091 
3092   /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3093      the default?  */
3094   if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3095     return current_target;
3096 
3097   /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file?  */
3098   target = get_first_input_target ();
3099   if (target != NULL)
3100     return target;
3101 
3102   /* Failed - use the default output target.  */
3103   return default_target;
3104 }
3105 
3106 /* Open the output file.  */
3107 
3108 static void
3109 open_output (const char *name)
3110 {
3111   output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3112 
3113   /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3114      line?  */
3115   if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3116     {
3117       const bfd_target *target;
3118       enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3119 
3120       /* Get the chosen target.  */
3121       target = bfd_search_for_target (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3122 
3123       /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything.  */
3124       if (target != NULL)
3125 	{
3126 	  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3127 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3128 	  else
3129 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3130 
3131 	  /* See if the target has the wrong endianness.  This should
3132 	     not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3133 	     little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3134 	     this.  */
3135 	  if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3136 	    {
3137 	      /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3138 		 an alternative with the correct endianness.  */
3139 	      if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3140 		  && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3141 		output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3142 	      else
3143 		{
3144 		  /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3145 		     the default target, but which has the desired
3146 		     endian characteristic.  */
3147 		  bfd_search_for_target (closest_target_match,
3148 					 (void *) target);
3149 
3150 		  /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3151 		     satisfy our requirements.  */
3152 		  if (winner == NULL)
3153 		    einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3154 			     " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3155 		  else
3156 		    output_target = winner->name;
3157 		}
3158 	    }
3159 	}
3160     }
3161 
3162   link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3163 
3164   if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3165     {
3166       if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3167 	einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3168 
3169       einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3170     }
3171 
3172   delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3173 
3174   if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3175     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3176   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3177 			   ldfile_output_architecture,
3178 			   ldfile_output_machine))
3179     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3180 
3181   link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3182   if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3183     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3184 
3185   bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3186 }
3187 
3188 static void
3189 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3190 {
3191   switch (statement->header.type)
3192     {
3193     case lang_output_statement_enum:
3194       ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3195       open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3196       ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3197       if (config.magic_demand_paged
3198 	  && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3199 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3200       else
3201 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3202       if (config.text_read_only)
3203 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3204       else
3205 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3206       if (link_info.traditional_format)
3207 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3208       else
3209 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3210       break;
3211 
3212     case lang_target_statement_enum:
3213       current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3214       break;
3215     default:
3216       break;
3217     }
3218 }
3219 
3220 static void
3221 init_opb (void)
3222 {
3223   unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3224 					      ldfile_output_machine);
3225   opb_shift = 0;
3226   if (x > 1)
3227     while ((x & 1) == 0)
3228       {
3229 	x >>= 1;
3230 	++opb_shift;
3231       }
3232   ASSERT (x == 1);
3233 }
3234 
3235 /* Open all the input files.  */
3236 
3237 enum open_bfd_mode
3238   {
3239     OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3240     OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3241     OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3242   };
3243 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3244 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3245 #endif
3246 
3247 static void
3248 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3249 {
3250   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3251     {
3252       switch (s->header.type)
3253 	{
3254 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3255 	  open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3256 	  break;
3257 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3258 	  open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3259 	  break;
3260 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3261 	  /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols.  */
3262 	  if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3263 	      && s->wild_statement.filename
3264 	      && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3265 	      && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3266 	    lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3267 	  open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3268 	  break;
3269 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3270 	  {
3271 	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3272 
3273 	    /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3274 	       until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3275 	       symbols.  */
3276 
3277 	    do
3278 	      {
3279 		undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3280 		open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3281 				 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3282 	      }
3283 	    while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3284 	  }
3285 	  break;
3286 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3287 	  current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3288 	  break;
3289 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3290 	  if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3291 	    {
3292 	      lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3293 	      lang_statement_list_type add;
3294 	      bfd *abfd;
3295 
3296 	      s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3297 
3298 	      /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3299 		 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3300 		 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3301 		 has been loaded already.  Do the same for a rescan.
3302 		 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs.  */
3303 	      if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3304 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3305 		  && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3306 		      || plugin_insert == NULL)
3307 #endif
3308 		  && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3309 		  && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3310 		  && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3311 		       && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3312 		      || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3313 			  && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3314 			  && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3315 			  && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3316 			  && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3317 		{
3318 		  s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3319 		  s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3320 		}
3321 
3322 	      os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3323 	      lang_list_init (&add);
3324 
3325 	      if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3326 		config.make_executable = FALSE;
3327 
3328 	      if (add.head != NULL)
3329 		{
3330 		  /* If this was a script with output sections then
3331 		     tack any added statements on to the end of the
3332 		     list.  This avoids having to reorder the output
3333 		     section statement list.  Very likely the user
3334 		     forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3335 		     naive user expectations.  */
3336 		  if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3337 		    {
3338 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3339 			       " did you forget -T?\n"),
3340 			     s->input_statement.filename);
3341 		      *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3342 		      stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3343 		    }
3344 		  else
3345 		    {
3346 		      *add.tail = s->header.next;
3347 		      s->header.next = add.head;
3348 		    }
3349 		}
3350 	    }
3351 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3352 	  /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3353 	     files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan.  */
3354 	  if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3355 	    plugin_insert = NULL;
3356 #endif
3357 	  break;
3358 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3359 	  if (s->assignment_statement.exp->assign.defsym)
3360 	    /* This is from a --defsym on the command line.  */
3361 	    exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3362 	  break;
3363 	default:
3364 	  break;
3365 	}
3366     }
3367 
3368   /* Exit if any of the files were missing.  */
3369   if (input_flags.missing_file)
3370     einfo ("%F");
3371 }
3372 
3373 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3374    This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3375    the time the ld command line is processed.  First we put the name
3376    on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3377    name to the symbol table.  */
3378 
3379 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3380 
3381 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3382 
3383 void
3384 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3385 {
3386   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3387 
3388   undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3389   new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3390   new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3391   ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3392 
3393   new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3394 
3395   if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3396     insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3397 }
3398 
3399 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table.  */
3400 
3401 static void
3402 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3403 {
3404   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3405 
3406   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3407   if (h == NULL)
3408     einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3409   if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3410     {
3411       h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3412       h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3413       bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3414     }
3415 }
3416 
3417 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3418    into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3419    script file.  */
3420 
3421 static void
3422 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3423 {
3424   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3425 
3426   for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3427     insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3428 }
3429 
3430 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3431    be defined.  */
3432 
3433 struct require_defined_symbol
3434 {
3435   const char *name;
3436   struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3437 };
3438 
3439 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined.  */
3440 
3441 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3442 
3443 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3444    defined.  */
3445 
3446 void
3447 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3448 {
3449   struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3450 
3451   ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3452   ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3453   ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3454   ptr->name = strdup (name);
3455   require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3456 }
3457 
3458 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3459    raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined.  */
3460 
3461 static void
3462 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3463 {
3464   struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3465 
3466   for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3467     {
3468       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3469 
3470       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3471 				FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3472       if (h == NULL
3473 	  || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3474 	      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3475 	einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3476     }
3477 }
3478 
3479 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections.  */
3480 
3481 static void
3482 check_input_sections
3483   (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3484    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3485 {
3486   for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3487     {
3488       switch (s->header.type)
3489 	{
3490 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3491 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3492 		     output_section_statement);
3493 	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3494 	    return;
3495 	  break;
3496 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3497 	  check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3498 				output_section_statement);
3499 	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3500 	    return;
3501 	  break;
3502 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3503 	  check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3504 				output_section_statement);
3505 	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3506 	    return;
3507 	  break;
3508 	default:
3509 	  break;
3510 	}
3511     }
3512 }
3513 
3514 /* Update wildcard statements if needed.  */
3515 
3516 static void
3517 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3518 {
3519   struct wildcard_list *sec;
3520 
3521   switch (sort_section)
3522     {
3523     default:
3524       FAIL ();
3525 
3526     case none:
3527       break;
3528 
3529     case by_name:
3530     case by_alignment:
3531       for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3532 	{
3533 	  switch (s->header.type)
3534 	    {
3535 	    default:
3536 	      break;
3537 
3538 	    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3539 	      for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3540 		   sec = sec->next)
3541 		{
3542 		  switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3543 		    {
3544 		    case none:
3545 		      sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3546 		      break;
3547 		    case by_name:
3548 		      if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3549 			sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3550 		      break;
3551 		    case by_alignment:
3552 		      if (sort_section == by_name)
3553 			sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3554 		      break;
3555 		    default:
3556 		      break;
3557 		    }
3558 		}
3559 	      break;
3560 
3561 	    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3562 	      update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3563 	      break;
3564 
3565 	    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3566 	      /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections.  */
3567 	      if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3568 		  && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3569 		update_wild_statements
3570 		  (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3571 	      break;
3572 
3573 	    case lang_group_statement_enum:
3574 	      update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3575 	      break;
3576 	    }
3577 	}
3578       break;
3579     }
3580 }
3581 
3582 /* Open input files and attach to output sections.  */
3583 
3584 static void
3585 map_input_to_output_sections
3586   (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3587    lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3588 {
3589   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3590     {
3591       lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3592       flagword flags;
3593 
3594       switch (s->header.type)
3595 	{
3596 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3597 	  wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3598 	  break;
3599 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3600 	  map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3601 					target,
3602 					os);
3603 	  break;
3604 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3605 	  tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3606 	  if (tos->constraint != 0)
3607 	    {
3608 	      if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3609 		  && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3610 		break;
3611 	      tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3612 	      check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3613 	      if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3614 		{
3615 		  tos->constraint = -1;
3616 		  break;
3617 		}
3618 	    }
3619 	  map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3620 					target,
3621 					tos);
3622 	  break;
3623 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
3624 	  break;
3625 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3626 	  target = s->target_statement.target;
3627 	  break;
3628 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3629 	  map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3630 					target,
3631 					os);
3632 	  break;
3633 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
3634 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3635 	     are initialized.  */
3636 	  exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3637 	  /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3638 	     these may be overridden by the script.  */
3639 	  flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3640 	  switch (os->sectype)
3641 	    {
3642 	    case normal_section:
3643 	    case overlay_section:
3644 	      break;
3645 	    case noalloc_section:
3646 	      flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3647 	      break;
3648 	    case noload_section:
3649 	      if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3650 		  == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3651 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3652 	      else
3653 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3654 	      break;
3655 	    }
3656 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3657 	    init_os (os, flags);
3658 	  else
3659 	    os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3660 	  break;
3661 	case lang_input_section_enum:
3662 	  break;
3663 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3664 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3665 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3666 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3667 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3668 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3669 	    init_os (os, 0);
3670 	  break;
3671 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3672 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3673 	    init_os (os, 0);
3674 
3675 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3676 	     are initialized.  */
3677 	  exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3678 	  break;
3679 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
3680 	  /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3681 	     If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3682 	     directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3683 	     processed the segment marker.  Originally, the linker
3684 	     treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3685 	     command-line) as section directives.  We honor the
3686 	     section directive semantics for backwards compatibilty;
3687 	     linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3688 	     SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics.  */
3689 	  if (!s->address_statement.segment
3690 	      || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3691 	    {
3692 	      const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3693 
3694 	      /* Create the output section statement here so that
3695 		 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3696 		 script sections.  If we let the orphan placement code
3697 		 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3698 		 will affect following script sections, which is
3699 		 likely to surprise naive users.  */
3700 	      tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3701 	      tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3702 	      if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3703 		init_os (tos, 0);
3704 	    }
3705 	  break;
3706 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3707 	  break;
3708 	}
3709     }
3710 }
3711 
3712 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3713    start of the list and places them after the output section
3714    statement specified by the insert.  This operation is complicated
3715    by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3716    statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.  */
3717 
3718 static void
3719 process_insert_statements (void)
3720 {
3721   lang_statement_union_type **s;
3722   lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3723   lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3724   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3725 
3726   /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3727      the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3728      reordered.  */
3729   s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3730   while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3731     {
3732       if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3733 	{
3734 	  /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3735 	     statement in the sequence we may be about to move.  */
3736 	  os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3737 
3738 	  ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3739 	  last_os = os;
3740 
3741 	  /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3742 	     won't match this output section statement.  At this
3743 	     stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3744 	     [-1, ONLY_IN_RW].  */
3745 	  last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3746 	  if (first_os == NULL)
3747 	    first_os = last_os;
3748 	}
3749       else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3750 	{
3751 	  lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3752 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3753 	  lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3754 	  lang_statement_union_type *first;
3755 
3756 	  where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3757 	  if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3758 	    {
3759 	      do
3760 		where = where->prev;
3761 	      while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3762 	    }
3763 	  if (where == NULL)
3764 	    {
3765 	      einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3766 	      return;
3767 	    }
3768 
3769 	  /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list.  */
3770 	  if (last_os != NULL)
3771 	    {
3772 	      asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3773 	      struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3774 
3775 	      /* Snip out the output sections we are moving.  */
3776 	      first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3777 	      if (last_os->next == NULL)
3778 		{
3779 		  next = &first_os->prev->next;
3780 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3781 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3782 		}
3783 	      else
3784 		last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3785 	      /* Add them in at the new position.  */
3786 	      last_os->next = where->next;
3787 	      if (where->next == NULL)
3788 		{
3789 		  next = &last_os->next;
3790 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3791 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3792 		}
3793 	      else
3794 		where->next->prev = last_os;
3795 	      first_os->prev = where;
3796 	      where->next = first_os;
3797 
3798 	      /* Move the bfd sections in the same way.  */
3799 	      first_sec = NULL;
3800 	      last_sec = NULL;
3801 	      for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3802 		{
3803 		  os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3804 		  if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3805 		      && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3806 		    {
3807 		      last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3808 		      if (first_sec == NULL)
3809 			first_sec = last_sec;
3810 		    }
3811 		  if (os == last_os)
3812 		    break;
3813 		}
3814 	      if (last_sec != NULL)
3815 		{
3816 		  asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3817 		  if (sec == NULL)
3818 		    sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3819 
3820 		  /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3821 		     sections we are moving.  So if we find no
3822 		     section or if the section is the same as our
3823 		     last section, then no move is needed.  */
3824 		  if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3825 		    {
3826 		      /* Trim them off.  */
3827 		      if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3828 			first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3829 		      else
3830 			link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3831 		      if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3832 			last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3833 		      else
3834 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3835 		      /* Add back.  */
3836 		      last_sec->next = sec->next;
3837 		      if (sec->next != NULL)
3838 			sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3839 		      else
3840 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3841 		      first_sec->prev = sec;
3842 		      sec->next = first_sec;
3843 		    }
3844 		}
3845 
3846 	      first_os = NULL;
3847 	      last_os = NULL;
3848 	    }
3849 
3850 	  ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3851 	  /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3852 	     know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3853 	     the insert statement we are currently processing.  */
3854 	  first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3855 	  lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3856 	  /* Add them back where they belong.  */
3857 	  *s = *ptr;
3858 	  if (*s == NULL)
3859 	    statement_list.tail = s;
3860 	  *ptr = first;
3861 	  s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3862 	}
3863     }
3864 
3865   /* Undo constraint twiddling.  */
3866   for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3867     {
3868       os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3869       if (os == last_os)
3870 	break;
3871     }
3872 }
3873 
3874 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3875    added.  For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3876    sections if they turn out to be not needed.  Clean them up here.  */
3877 
3878 void
3879 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3880 {
3881   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3882 
3883   /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done).  */
3884   if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3885     {
3886       expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3887       expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
3888       one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3889       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3890     }
3891 
3892   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3893        os != NULL;
3894        os = os->next)
3895     {
3896       asection *output_section;
3897       bfd_boolean exclude;
3898 
3899       if (os->constraint < 0)
3900 	continue;
3901 
3902       output_section = os->bfd_section;
3903       if (output_section == NULL)
3904 	continue;
3905 
3906       exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3907 		 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3908 		 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3909 						    output_section));
3910 
3911       /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3912 	 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash.  These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3913 	 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3914 	 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
3915       if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3916 	{
3917 	  asection *s;
3918 
3919 	  for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3920 	    if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3921 		&& ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3922 		    || link_info.emitrelocations))
3923 	      {
3924 		exclude = FALSE;
3925 		break;
3926 	      }
3927 	}
3928 
3929       if (exclude)
3930 	{
3931 	  /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3932 	     removed output section statement may still be used.  */
3933 	  if (!os->update_dot)
3934 	    os->ignored = TRUE;
3935 	  output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3936 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3937 	  link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3938 	}
3939     }
3940 }
3941 
3942 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
3943    asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite.
3944    FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in
3945    its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early.  */
3946 
3947 void
3948 lang_clear_os_map (void)
3949 {
3950   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3951 
3952   if (map_head_is_link_order)
3953     return;
3954 
3955   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3956        os != NULL;
3957        os = os->next)
3958     {
3959       asection *output_section;
3960 
3961       if (os->constraint < 0)
3962 	continue;
3963 
3964       output_section = os->bfd_section;
3965       if (output_section == NULL)
3966 	continue;
3967 
3968       /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders.  */
3969       output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3970       output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3971     }
3972 
3973   /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3974      and map_tail link_order fields.  */
3975   map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
3976 }
3977 
3978 static void
3979 print_output_section_statement
3980   (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3981 {
3982   asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3983   int len;
3984 
3985   if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3986     {
3987       minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3988 
3989       if (section != NULL)
3990 	{
3991 	  print_dot = section->vma;
3992 
3993 	  len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3994 	  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
3995 	    {
3996 	      print_nl ();
3997 	      len = 0;
3998 	    }
3999 	  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4000 	    {
4001 	      print_space ();
4002 	      ++len;
4003 	    }
4004 
4005 	  minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4006 
4007 	  if (section->vma != section->lma)
4008 	    minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4009 
4010 	  if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4011 	    exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4012 			   bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4013 	}
4014 
4015       print_nl ();
4016     }
4017 
4018   print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4019 			output_section_statement);
4020 }
4021 
4022 static void
4023 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4024 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4025 {
4026   unsigned int i;
4027   bfd_boolean is_dot;
4028   etree_type *tree;
4029   asection *osec;
4030 
4031   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4032     print_space ();
4033 
4034   if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4035     {
4036       is_dot = FALSE;
4037       tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4038     }
4039   else
4040     {
4041       const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4042 
4043       is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4044       if (!is_dot)
4045 	expld.assign_name = dst;
4046       tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4047     }
4048 
4049   osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4050   if (osec == NULL)
4051     osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4052 
4053   if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4054     exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4055   else
4056     expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4057 
4058   if (expld.result.valid_p)
4059     {
4060       bfd_vma value;
4061 
4062       if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4063 	  || is_dot
4064 	  || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4065 	{
4066 	  value = expld.result.value;
4067 
4068 	  if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4069 	    value += expld.result.section->vma;
4070 
4071 	  minfo ("0x%V", value);
4072 	  if (is_dot)
4073 	    print_dot = value;
4074 	}
4075       else
4076 	{
4077 	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4078 
4079 	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4080 				    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4081 	  if (h)
4082 	    {
4083 	      value = h->u.def.value;
4084 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4085 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4086 
4087 	      minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4088 	    }
4089 	  else
4090 	    minfo ("[unresolved]");
4091 	}
4092     }
4093   else
4094     {
4095       if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4096 	minfo ("[!provide]");
4097       else
4098 	minfo ("*undef*   ");
4099 #ifdef BFD64
4100       minfo ("        ");
4101 #endif
4102     }
4103   expld.assign_name = NULL;
4104 
4105   minfo ("                ");
4106   exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4107   print_nl ();
4108 }
4109 
4110 static void
4111 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4112 {
4113   if (statm->filename != NULL
4114       && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4115 	  || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4116     fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4117 }
4118 
4119 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section.  This is called
4120    via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols.  */
4121 
4122 static bfd_boolean
4123 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4124 {
4125   asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4126 
4127   if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4128        || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4129       && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4130     {
4131       int i;
4132 
4133       for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4134 	print_space ();
4135       minfo ("0x%V   ",
4136 	     (hash_entry->u.def.value
4137 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4138 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4139 
4140       minfo ("             %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4141     }
4142 
4143   return TRUE;
4144 }
4145 
4146 static int
4147 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4148 {
4149   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4150   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4151 
4152   if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4153     return -1;
4154   else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4155     return 1;
4156   else
4157     return 0;
4158 }
4159 
4160 static void
4161 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4162 {
4163   input_section_userdata_type *ud
4164     = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4165   struct map_symbol_def *def;
4166   struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4167   unsigned int i;
4168 
4169   if (!ud)
4170     return;
4171 
4172   *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4173 
4174   /* Sort the symbols by address.  */
4175   entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4176       obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4177 		     ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4178 
4179   for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4180     entries[i] = def->entry;
4181 
4182   qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4183 	 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4184 
4185   /* Print the symbols.  */
4186   for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4187     print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4188 
4189   obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4190 }
4191 
4192 /* Print information about an input section to the map file.  */
4193 
4194 static void
4195 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4196 {
4197   bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4198   int len;
4199   bfd_vma addr;
4200 
4201   init_opb ();
4202 
4203   print_space ();
4204   minfo ("%s", i->name);
4205 
4206   len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4207   if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4208     {
4209       print_nl ();
4210       len = 0;
4211     }
4212   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4213     {
4214       print_space ();
4215       ++len;
4216     }
4217 
4218   if (i->output_section != NULL
4219       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4220     addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4221   else
4222     {
4223       addr = print_dot;
4224       if (!is_discarded)
4225 	size = 0;
4226     }
4227 
4228   minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4229 
4230   if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4231     {
4232       len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4233 #ifdef BFD64
4234       len += 16;
4235 #else
4236       len += 8;
4237 #endif
4238       while (len > 0)
4239 	{
4240 	  print_space ();
4241 	  --len;
4242 	}
4243 
4244       minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4245     }
4246 
4247   if (i->output_section != NULL
4248       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4249     {
4250       if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4251 	bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4252       else
4253 	print_all_symbols (i);
4254 
4255       /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4256 	 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4257 	 later overlay is shorter than an earier one.  */
4258       if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4259 	print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4260     }
4261 }
4262 
4263 static void
4264 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4265 {
4266   size_t size;
4267   unsigned char *p;
4268   fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4269   for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4270     fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4271   fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4272 }
4273 
4274 static void
4275 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4276 {
4277   int i;
4278   bfd_vma addr;
4279   bfd_size_type size;
4280   const char *name;
4281 
4282   init_opb ();
4283   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4284     print_space ();
4285 
4286   addr = data->output_offset;
4287   if (data->output_section != NULL)
4288     addr += data->output_section->vma;
4289 
4290   switch (data->type)
4291     {
4292     default:
4293       abort ();
4294     case BYTE:
4295       size = BYTE_SIZE;
4296       name = "BYTE";
4297       break;
4298     case SHORT:
4299       size = SHORT_SIZE;
4300       name = "SHORT";
4301       break;
4302     case LONG:
4303       size = LONG_SIZE;
4304       name = "LONG";
4305       break;
4306     case QUAD:
4307       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4308       name = "QUAD";
4309       break;
4310     case SQUAD:
4311       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4312       name = "SQUAD";
4313       break;
4314     }
4315 
4316   if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4317     size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4318   minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4319 
4320   if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4321     {
4322       print_space ();
4323       exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4324     }
4325 
4326   print_nl ();
4327 
4328   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4329 }
4330 
4331 /* Print an address statement.  These are generated by options like
4332    -Ttext.  */
4333 
4334 static void
4335 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4336 {
4337   minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4338   exp_print_tree (address->address);
4339   print_nl ();
4340 }
4341 
4342 /* Print a reloc statement.  */
4343 
4344 static void
4345 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4346 {
4347   int i;
4348   bfd_vma addr;
4349   bfd_size_type size;
4350 
4351   init_opb ();
4352   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4353     print_space ();
4354 
4355   addr = reloc->output_offset;
4356   if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4357     addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4358 
4359   size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4360 
4361   minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4362 
4363   if (reloc->name != NULL)
4364     minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4365   else
4366     minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4367 
4368   exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4369 
4370   print_nl ();
4371 
4372   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4373 }
4374 
4375 static void
4376 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4377 {
4378   int len;
4379   bfd_vma addr;
4380 
4381   init_opb ();
4382   minfo (" *fill*");
4383 
4384   len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4385   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4386     {
4387       print_space ();
4388       ++len;
4389     }
4390 
4391   addr = s->output_offset;
4392   if (s->output_section != NULL)
4393     addr += s->output_section->vma;
4394   minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4395 
4396   if (s->fill->size != 0)
4397     {
4398       size_t size;
4399       unsigned char *p;
4400       for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4401 	fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4402     }
4403 
4404   print_nl ();
4405 
4406   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4407 }
4408 
4409 static void
4410 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4411 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4412 {
4413   struct wildcard_list *sec;
4414 
4415   print_space ();
4416 
4417   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4418     minfo ("SORT(");
4419   if (w->filename != NULL)
4420     minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4421   else
4422     minfo ("*");
4423   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4424     minfo (")");
4425 
4426   minfo ("(");
4427   for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4428     {
4429       if (sec->spec.sorted)
4430 	minfo ("SORT(");
4431       if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4432 	{
4433 	  name_list *tmp;
4434 	  minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4435 	  for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4436 	    minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4437 	  minfo (") ");
4438 	}
4439       if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4440 	minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4441       else
4442 	minfo ("*");
4443       if (sec->spec.sorted)
4444 	minfo (")");
4445       if (sec->next)
4446 	minfo (" ");
4447     }
4448   minfo (")");
4449 
4450   print_nl ();
4451 
4452   print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4453 }
4454 
4455 /* Print a group statement.  */
4456 
4457 static void
4458 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4459 	     lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4460 {
4461   fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4462   print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4463   fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4464 }
4465 
4466 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4467    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4468 
4469 static void
4470 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4471 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4472 {
4473   while (s != NULL)
4474     {
4475       print_statement (s, os);
4476       s = s->header.next;
4477     }
4478 }
4479 
4480 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4481    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4482 
4483 static void
4484 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4485 		 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4486 {
4487   switch (s->header.type)
4488     {
4489     default:
4490       fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4491       FAIL ();
4492       break;
4493     case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4494       if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4495 	{
4496 	  if (constructors_sorted)
4497 	    minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4498 	  else
4499 	    minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4500 	  print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4501 	}
4502       break;
4503     case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4504       print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4505       break;
4506     case lang_address_statement_enum:
4507       print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4508       break;
4509     case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4510       minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4511       break;
4512     case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4513       print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4514       break;
4515     case lang_data_statement_enum:
4516       print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4517       break;
4518     case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4519       print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4520       break;
4521     case lang_input_section_enum:
4522       print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4523       break;
4524     case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4525       print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4526       break;
4527     case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4528       print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4529       break;
4530     case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4531       print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4532       break;
4533     case lang_target_statement_enum:
4534       fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4535       break;
4536     case lang_output_statement_enum:
4537       minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4538       if (output_target != NULL)
4539 	minfo (" %s", output_target);
4540       minfo (")\n");
4541       break;
4542     case lang_input_statement_enum:
4543       print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4544       break;
4545     case lang_group_statement_enum:
4546       print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4547       break;
4548     case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4549       minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4550 	     s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4551 	     s->insert_statement.where);
4552       break;
4553     }
4554 }
4555 
4556 static void
4557 print_statements (void)
4558 {
4559   print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4560 }
4561 
4562 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4563    If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4564    If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4565    Intended to be called from GDB.  */
4566 
4567 void
4568 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4569 {
4570   FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4571 
4572   config.map_file = stderr;
4573 
4574   if (n < 0)
4575     print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4576   else
4577     {
4578       while (s && --n >= 0)
4579 	{
4580 	  print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4581 	  s = s->header.next;
4582 	}
4583     }
4584 
4585   config.map_file = map_save;
4586 }
4587 
4588 static void
4589 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4590 	    fill_type *fill,
4591 	    bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4592 	    asection *output_section,
4593 	    bfd_vma dot)
4594 {
4595   static fill_type zero_fill;
4596   lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4597 
4598   if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4599     pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4600 	   ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4601   if (pad != NULL
4602       && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4603       && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4604     {
4605       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4606     }
4607   else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4608 	   && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4609 	   && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4610     {
4611       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4612     }
4613   else
4614     {
4615       /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain.  */
4616       pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4617 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4618       pad->header.next = *ptr;
4619       *ptr = pad;
4620       pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4621       pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4622       if (fill == NULL)
4623 	fill = &zero_fill;
4624       pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4625     }
4626   pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4627   pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4628   output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4629 				  - output_section->vma);
4630 }
4631 
4632 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point.  */
4633 
4634 static bfd_vma
4635 size_input_section
4636   (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4637    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4638    fill_type *fill,
4639    bfd_vma dot)
4640 {
4641   lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4642   asection *i = is->section;
4643   asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4644 
4645   if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4646     i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4647   else if ((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4648     i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4649   else
4650     {
4651       bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4652 
4653       /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4654 	 then to the output section's requirement.  If this alignment
4655 	 is greater than any seen before, then record it too.  Perform
4656 	 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement.  */
4657 
4658       if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4659 	i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4660 
4661       if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4662 	o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4663 
4664       alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4665 
4666       if (alignment_needed != 0)
4667 	{
4668 	  insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4669 	  dot += alignment_needed;
4670 	}
4671 
4672       /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes.  */
4673       i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4674 
4675       /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now.  */
4676       dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4677       o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4678     }
4679 
4680   return dot;
4681 }
4682 
4683 struct check_sec
4684 {
4685   asection *sec;
4686   bfd_boolean warned;
4687 };
4688 
4689 static int
4690 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4691 {
4692   const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4693   const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4694 
4695   if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4696     return -1;
4697   else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4698     return 1;
4699   else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4700     return -1;
4701   else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4702     return 1;
4703 
4704   return 0;
4705 }
4706 
4707 static int
4708 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4709 {
4710   const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4711   const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4712 
4713   if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4714     return -1;
4715   else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4716     return 1;
4717   else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4718     return -1;
4719   else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4720     return 1;
4721 
4722   return 0;
4723 }
4724 
4725 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4726   ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4727 
4728 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4729   ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4730 
4731 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4732    sections.  This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4733    section addresses of the two sections.  Also check whether any memory
4734    region has overflowed.  */
4735 
4736 static void
4737 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4738 {
4739   asection *s, *p;
4740   struct check_sec *sections;
4741   size_t i, count;
4742   bfd_vma s_start;
4743   bfd_vma s_end;
4744   bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4745   bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4746   lang_memory_region_type *m;
4747   bfd_boolean overlays;
4748 
4749   if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4750     return;
4751 
4752   count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4753   sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4754 
4755   /* Scan all sections in the output list.  */
4756   count = 0;
4757   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4758     {
4759       if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4760 	  || s->size == 0)
4761 	continue;
4762 
4763       sections[count].sec = s;
4764       sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4765       count++;
4766     }
4767 
4768   if (count <= 1)
4769     {
4770       free (sections);
4771       return;
4772     }
4773 
4774   qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4775 
4776   /* First check section LMAs.  There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4777      loadable sections, even with overlays.  */
4778   for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4779     {
4780       s = sections[i].sec;
4781       if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4782 	{
4783 	  s_start = s->lma;
4784 	  s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4785 
4786 	  /* Look for an overlap.  We have sorted sections by lma, so
4787 	     we know that s_start >= p_start.  Besides the obvious
4788 	     case of overlap when the current section starts before
4789 	     the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
4790 	     previous section wraps around the address space.  */
4791 	  if (p != NULL
4792 	      && (s_start <= p_end
4793 		  || p_end < p_start))
4794 	    {
4795 	      einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
4796 		       " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4797 		     s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4798 	      sections[i].warned = TRUE;
4799 	    }
4800 	  p = s;
4801 	  p_start = s_start;
4802 	  p_end = s_end;
4803 	}
4804     }
4805 
4806   /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
4807      exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
4808      overlays.  Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
4809      this property.  It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
4810      that fail this test, but it would be unusual.  */
4811   qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
4812   overlays = FALSE;
4813   p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
4814   for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
4815     {
4816       s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
4817       if (p_start == s_start)
4818 	{
4819 	  overlays = TRUE;
4820 	  break;
4821 	}
4822       p_start = s_start;
4823     }
4824 
4825   /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected.  */
4826   if (!overlays)
4827     {
4828       for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4829 	{
4830 	  s = sections[i].sec;
4831 	  s_start = s->vma;
4832 	  s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4833 
4834 	  if (p != NULL
4835 	      && !sections[i].warned
4836 	      && (s_start <= p_end
4837 		  || p_end < p_start))
4838 	    einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
4839 		     " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4840 		   s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4841 	  p = s;
4842 	  p_start = s_start;
4843 	  p_end = s_end;
4844 	}
4845     }
4846 
4847   free (sections);
4848 
4849   /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4850      We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4851      explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4852      diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4853 
4854      FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4855      might overflow a 32-bit integer.  There is, alas, no way to print
4856      a bfd_vma quantity in decimal.  */
4857   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4858     if (m->had_full_message)
4859       einfo (_("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %ld bytes\n"),
4860 	     m->name_list.name, (long)(m->current - (m->origin + m->length)));
4861 }
4862 
4863 /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  We explicitly permit the
4864    current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4865    non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4866    calculation wraps around.  */
4867 
4868 static void
4869 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4870 		 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4871 		 etree_type *tree,
4872 		 bfd_vma rbase)
4873 {
4874   if ((region->current < region->origin
4875        || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4876       && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4877 	  || rbase == 0))
4878     {
4879       if (tree != NULL)
4880 	{
4881 	  einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'"
4882 		   " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4883 		 region->current,
4884 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4885 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4886 		 region->name_list.name);
4887 	}
4888       else if (!region->had_full_message)
4889 	{
4890 	  region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4891 
4892 	  einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4893 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4894 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4895 		 region->name_list.name);
4896 	}
4897     }
4898 }
4899 
4900 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections.  */
4901 
4902 static bfd_vma
4903 lang_size_sections_1
4904   (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
4905    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4906    fill_type *fill,
4907    bfd_vma dot,
4908    bfd_boolean *relax,
4909    bfd_boolean check_regions)
4910 {
4911   lang_statement_union_type *s;
4912 
4913   /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts.  */
4914   for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4915     {
4916       switch (s->header.type)
4917 	{
4918 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4919 	  {
4920 	    bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
4921 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4922 	    lang_memory_region_type *r;
4923 	    int section_alignment = 0;
4924 
4925 	    os = &s->output_section_statement;
4926 	    if (os->constraint == -1)
4927 	      break;
4928 
4929 	    /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
4930 	       here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
4931 	       This is covering for coff backend linker bugs.  See PR6945.  */
4932 	    if (os->addr_tree == NULL
4933 		&& bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
4934 		&& (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4935 		    == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4936 	      os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
4937 	    if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
4938 	      {
4939 		os->processed_vma = FALSE;
4940 		exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
4941 
4942 		if (expld.result.valid_p)
4943 		  {
4944 		    dot = expld.result.value;
4945 		    if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4946 		      dot += expld.result.section->vma;
4947 		  }
4948 		else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4949 		  einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference"
4950 			   " address expression for section %s\n"),
4951 			 os->addr_tree, os->name);
4952 	      }
4953 
4954 	    if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4955 	      /* This section was removed or never actually created.  */
4956 	      break;
4957 
4958 	    /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
4959 	       address from the input section.  FIXME: This is COFF
4960 	       specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
4961 	       to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind.  */
4962 	    if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4963 		  == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
4964 		 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4965 		     == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4966 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
4967 	      {
4968 		asection *input;
4969 
4970 		if (os->children.head == NULL
4971 		    || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
4972 		    || (os->children.head->header.type
4973 			!= lang_input_section_enum))
4974 		  einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
4975 			   " section %s\n"), os->name);
4976 
4977 		input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
4978 		bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
4979 				     os->bfd_section,
4980 				     bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
4981 		os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
4982 		break;
4983 	      }
4984 
4985 	    newdot = dot;
4986 	    dotdelta = 0;
4987 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
4988 	      {
4989 		/* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero.  */
4990 		ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
4991 	      }
4992 	    else
4993 	      {
4994 		if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
4995 		  {
4996 		    /* No address specified for this section, get one
4997 		       from the region specification.  */
4998 		    if (os->region == NULL
4999 			|| ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5000 			    && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5001 			    && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5002 				       DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5003 		      {
5004 			os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5005 		      }
5006 
5007 		    /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5008 		       region, and some non default memory regions were
5009 		       defined, issue an error message.  */
5010 		    if (!os->ignored
5011 			&& !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5012 			&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5013 			&& check_regions
5014 			&& strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5015 				   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5016 			&& lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5017 			&& (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5018 				    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5019 			    || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5020 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5021 		      {
5022 			/* By default this is an error rather than just a
5023 			   warning because if we allocate the section to the
5024 			   default memory region we can end up creating an
5025 			   excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5026 			   attempting to perform a negative seek.  See
5027 			   sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5028 			   for an example of this.  This behaviour can be
5029 			   overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5030 			   switch.  */
5031 			if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5032 			  einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
5033 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5034 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5035 						       os->bfd_section));
5036 			else
5037 			  einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5038 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5039 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5040 						       os->bfd_section));
5041 		      }
5042 
5043 		    newdot = os->region->current;
5044 		    section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5045 		  }
5046 		else
5047 		  section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5048 
5049 		/* Align to what the section needs.  */
5050 		if (section_alignment > 0)
5051 		  {
5052 		    bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5053 		    newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5054 
5055 		    dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5056 		    if (dotdelta != 0
5057 			&& (config.warn_section_align
5058 			    || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5059 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5060 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: changing start of section"
5061 			       " %s by %lu bytes\n"),
5062 			     os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5063 		  }
5064 
5065 		bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5066 
5067 		os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5068 	      }
5069 
5070 	    lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5071 				  os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5072 
5073 	    os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5074 
5075 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5076 	      /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5077 		 no output section should change from zero size
5078 		 after strip_excluded_output_sections.  A non-zero
5079 		 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5080 		 input section was not sized early enough.  */
5081 	      ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5082 	    else
5083 	      {
5084 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5085 
5086 		/* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5087 		   align at the block boundary.  */
5088 		after = ((dot
5089 			  + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5090 			  + os->block_value - 1)
5091 			 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5092 
5093 		os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
5094 	      }
5095 
5096 	    /* Set section lma.  */
5097 	    r = os->region;
5098 	    if (r == NULL)
5099 	      r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5100 
5101 	    if (os->load_base)
5102 	      {
5103 		bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5104 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5105 	      }
5106 	    else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5107 	      {
5108 		bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5109 
5110 		if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5111 		  lma += dotdelta;
5112 		else
5113 		  {
5114 		    /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5115 		       as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5116 		       from the bfd section.  If a different region, then
5117 		       only align according to the value in the output
5118 		       statement.  */
5119 		    if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5120 		      section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5121 		    if (section_alignment > 0)
5122 		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5123 		  }
5124 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5125 	      }
5126 	    else if (r->last_os != NULL
5127 		     && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5128 	      {
5129 		bfd_vma lma;
5130 		asection *last;
5131 
5132 		last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5133 
5134 		/* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5135 		   an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5136 		   os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5137 		   create overlapping LMAs.  */
5138 		if (dot < last->vma
5139 		    && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5140 		    && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5141 		  {
5142 		    /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5143 		       vma.  This is the old default lma, which might
5144 		       just happen to work when the backwards move is
5145 		       sufficiently large.  Nag if this changes anything,
5146 		       so people can fix their linker scripts.  */
5147 
5148 		    if (last->vma != last->lma)
5149 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5150 			       "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5151 		  }
5152 		else
5153 		  {
5154 		    /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5155 		       at the end of the previous section.  */
5156 		    if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5157 		      lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5158 
5159 		    /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5160 		       as the previous section.  */
5161 		    else
5162 		      lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5163 
5164 		    if (section_alignment > 0)
5165 		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5166 		    os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5167 		  }
5168 	      }
5169 	    os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5170 
5171 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5172 	      break;
5173 
5174 	    /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5175 	       lma region.  We use this to set the lma for
5176 	       following sections.  Overlays or other linker
5177 	       script assignment to lma might mean that the
5178 	       default lma == vma is incorrect.
5179 	       To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5180 	       -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5181 	       of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.  */
5182 	    if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5183 		&& (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5184 		    || (r->last_os == NULL
5185 			&& os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5186 		    || (r->last_os != NULL
5187 			&& dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5188 				   .bfd_section->vma)))
5189 		&& os->lma_region == NULL
5190 		&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5191 	      r->last_os = s;
5192 
5193 	    /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5194 	    if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5195 		|| bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5196 	      dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5197 	    else
5198 	      dotdelta = 0;
5199 	    dot += dotdelta;
5200 
5201 	    if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5202 	      exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5203 
5204 	    /* Update dot in the region ?
5205 	       We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5206 	       since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5207 	       overall size in memory.  */
5208 	    if (os->region != NULL
5209 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5210 	      {
5211 		os->region->current = dot;
5212 
5213 		if (check_regions)
5214 		  /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  */
5215 		  os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5216 				   os->bfd_section->vma);
5217 
5218 		if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5219 		    && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5220 			|| os->align_lma_with_input))
5221 		  {
5222 		    os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5223 
5224 		    if (check_regions)
5225 		      os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5226 				       os->bfd_section->lma);
5227 		  }
5228 	      }
5229 	  }
5230 	  break;
5231 
5232 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5233 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5234 				      output_section_statement,
5235 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5236 	  break;
5237 
5238 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5239 	  {
5240 	    unsigned int size = 0;
5241 
5242 	    s->data_statement.output_offset =
5243 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5244 	    s->data_statement.output_section =
5245 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5246 
5247 	    /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5248 	       need to mark them as needed.  */
5249 	    exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5250 
5251 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5252 	      {
5253 	      default:
5254 		abort ();
5255 	      case QUAD:
5256 	      case SQUAD:
5257 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5258 		break;
5259 	      case LONG:
5260 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5261 		break;
5262 	      case SHORT:
5263 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5264 		break;
5265 	      case BYTE:
5266 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5267 		break;
5268 	      }
5269 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5270 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5271 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5272 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5273 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5274 
5275 	  }
5276 	  break;
5277 
5278 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5279 	  {
5280 	    int size;
5281 
5282 	    s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5283 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5284 	    s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5285 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5286 	    size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5287 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5288 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5289 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5290 	  }
5291 	  break;
5292 
5293 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5294 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5295 				      output_section_statement,
5296 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5297 	  break;
5298 
5299 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5300 	  link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5301 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5302 	  break;
5303 
5304 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5305 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5306 	  break;
5307 
5308 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5309 	  {
5310 	    asection *i;
5311 
5312 	    i = s->input_section.section;
5313 	    if (relax)
5314 	      {
5315 		bfd_boolean again;
5316 
5317 		if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5318 		  einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5319 		if (again)
5320 		  *relax = TRUE;
5321 	      }
5322 	    dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5323 				      fill, dot);
5324 	  }
5325 	  break;
5326 
5327 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5328 	  break;
5329 
5330 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5331 	  s->fill_statement.output_section =
5332 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5333 
5334 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5335 	  break;
5336 
5337 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5338 	  {
5339 	    bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5340 	    etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5341 
5342 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5343 
5344 	    exp_fold_tree (tree,
5345 			   output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5346 			   &newdot);
5347 
5348 	    if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_start)
5349 	      {
5350 		if (!expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat)
5351 		  expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat = s;
5352 		else
5353 		  {
5354 		    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat == s);
5355 		  }
5356 	      }
5357 	    else if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_end)
5358 	      {
5359 		if (!expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
5360 		  expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat = s;
5361 		else
5362 		  {
5363 		    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat == s);
5364 		  }
5365 	      }
5366 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5367 
5368 	    /* This symbol may be relative to this section.  */
5369 	    if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5370 		 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5371 		&& (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5372 		    || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5373 	      output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5374 
5375 	    if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5376 	      {
5377 		if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5378 		  {
5379 		    /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5380 		       the default memory address.  */
5381 		    lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5382 					       FALSE)->current = newdot;
5383 		  }
5384 		else if (newdot != dot)
5385 		  {
5386 		    /* Insert a pad after this statement.  We can't
5387 		       put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5388 		       assignment references dot.  */
5389 		    insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5390 				output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5391 
5392 		    /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing.  */
5393 		    s = s->header.next;
5394 
5395 		    /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5396 		       should have space allocated to it, unless the
5397 		       user has explicitly stated that the section
5398 		       should not be allocated.  */
5399 		    if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5400 			&& (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5401 			    || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5402 				== bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5403 		      output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5404 		  }
5405 		dot = newdot;
5406 	      }
5407 	  }
5408 	  break;
5409 
5410 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5411 	  /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5412 	     we won't have any padding statements.  If this is the
5413 	     second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5414 	     padding to shrink.  If padding is needed on this pass, it
5415 	     will be added back in.  */
5416 	  s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5417 
5418 	  /* Make sure output_offset is valid.  If relaxation shrinks
5419 	     the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5420 	     have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5421 	     section.  bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5422 	     a pad size of zero.  */
5423 	  s->padding_statement.output_offset
5424 	    = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5425 	  break;
5426 
5427 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5428 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5429 				      output_section_statement,
5430 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5431 	  break;
5432 
5433 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5434 	  break;
5435 
5436 	  /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on.  */
5437 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5438 	  break;
5439 
5440 	default:
5441 	  FAIL ();
5442 	  break;
5443 	}
5444       prev = &s->header.next;
5445     }
5446   return dot;
5447 }
5448 
5449 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5450    The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5451    CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5452    segments.  We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision.  */
5453 
5454 bfd_boolean
5455 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5456 				    bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5457 				    asection *current_section,
5458 				    asection *previous_section,
5459 				    bfd_boolean new_segment)
5460 {
5461   lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5462   lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5463 
5464   /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5465      that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment.  */
5466   if (new_segment)
5467     return TRUE;
5468 
5469   /* Paranoia checks.  */
5470   if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5471     return new_segment;
5472 
5473   /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5474      sections comingled in the same segment.  */
5475   if (config.separate_code
5476       && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5477     return TRUE;
5478 
5479   /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5480      We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5481      of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5482      we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster.  */
5483   cur  = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5484   prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5485 
5486   /* More paranoia.  */
5487   if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5488     return new_segment;
5489 
5490   /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5491      different segments.  See the email thread starting at the following
5492      URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5493      http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html  */
5494   return cur->region != prev->region;
5495 }
5496 
5497 void
5498 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5499 {
5500   lang_statement_iteration++;
5501   lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5502 			0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5503 }
5504 
5505 void
5506 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5507 {
5508   expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5509   expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
5510 
5511   one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5512   if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen
5513       && link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5514     {
5515       bfd_vma initial_base, relro_end, desired_end;
5516       asection *sec;
5517 
5518       /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO segment end.  */
5519       relro_end = ((expld.dataseg.relro_end + expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)
5520 		   & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1));
5521 
5522       /* Adjust by the offset arg of DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  */
5523       desired_end = relro_end - expld.dataseg.relro_offset;
5524 
5525       /* For sections in the relro segment..  */
5526       for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5527 	if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5528 	    && sec->vma >= expld.dataseg.base
5529 	    && sec->vma < expld.dataseg.relro_end - expld.dataseg.relro_offset)
5530 	  {
5531 	    /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5532 	       desired?  */
5533 	    bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5534 
5535 	    end = start = sec->vma;
5536 	    if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5537 	      end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5538 	    bump = desired_end - end;
5539 	    /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5540 	       alignment so the increase might be less than optimum.  */
5541 	    start += bump;
5542 	    start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5543 	    /* This is now the desired end for the previous section.  */
5544 	    desired_end = start;
5545 	  }
5546 
5547       expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_relro_adjust;
5548       ASSERT (desired_end >= expld.dataseg.base);
5549       initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5550       expld.dataseg.base = desired_end;
5551       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5552       one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5553 
5554       if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > relro_end)
5555 	{
5556 	  /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a
5557 	     user script have increased padding over the original.
5558 	     Revert.  */
5559 	  expld.dataseg.base = initial_base;
5560 	  lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5561 	  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5562 	}
5563 
5564       link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5565       link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5566     }
5567   else if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen)
5568     {
5569       /* If DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN DATA_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5570 	 a page could be saved in the data segment.  */
5571       bfd_vma first, last;
5572 
5573       first = -expld.dataseg.base & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5574       last = expld.dataseg.end & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5575       if (first && last
5576 	  && ((expld.dataseg.base & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1))
5577 	      != (expld.dataseg.end & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)))
5578 	  && first + last <= expld.dataseg.pagesize)
5579 	{
5580 	  expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_adjust;
5581 	  lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5582 	  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5583 	}
5584       else
5585 	expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5586     }
5587   else
5588     expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5589 }
5590 
5591 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5592 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5593 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5594 
5595 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments.  Recursiveness goes here.  */
5596 
5597 static bfd_vma
5598 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5599 		       lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5600 		       fill_type *fill,
5601 		       bfd_vma dot,
5602 		       bfd_boolean *found_end)
5603 {
5604   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5605     {
5606       switch (s->header.type)
5607 	{
5608 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5609 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5610 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5611 	  break;
5612 
5613 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5614 	  {
5615 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5616 
5617 	    os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5618 	    os->after_end = *found_end;
5619 	    if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5620 	      {
5621 		if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5622 		  {
5623 		    current_section = os;
5624 		    prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5625 		  }
5626 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5627 
5628 		lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5629 				       os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5630 
5631 		/* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5632 		if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5633 		    || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5634 		  dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5635 
5636 		if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5637 		  exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr,
5638 				 &dot);
5639 	      }
5640 	  }
5641 	  break;
5642 
5643 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5644 
5645 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5646 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5647 	  break;
5648 
5649 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5650 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5651 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5652 	  break;
5653 
5654 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5655 	  exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5656 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5657 	    {
5658 	      s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5659 	      if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5660 		s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5661 	    }
5662 	  else
5663 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5664 	  {
5665 	    unsigned int size;
5666 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5667 	      {
5668 	      default:
5669 		abort ();
5670 	      case QUAD:
5671 	      case SQUAD:
5672 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5673 		break;
5674 	      case LONG:
5675 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5676 		break;
5677 	      case SHORT:
5678 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5679 		break;
5680 	      case BYTE:
5681 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5682 		break;
5683 	      }
5684 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5685 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5686 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5687 	  }
5688 	  break;
5689 
5690 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5691 	  exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5692 			 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5693 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5694 	    s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5695 	  else
5696 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5697 	  dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5698 	  break;
5699 
5700 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5701 	  {
5702 	    asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5703 
5704 	    if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5705 	      dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5706 	  }
5707 	  break;
5708 
5709 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5710 	  break;
5711 
5712 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5713 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5714 	  break;
5715 
5716 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5717 	  current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5718 	  if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5719 	    {
5720 	      const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5721 
5722 	      if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5723 		prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5724 
5725 	      while (*p == '_')
5726 		++p;
5727 	      if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5728 		*found_end = TRUE;
5729 	    }
5730 	  exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5731 			 current_os->bfd_section,
5732 			 &dot);
5733 	  break;
5734 
5735 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5736 	  dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5737 	  break;
5738 
5739 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5740 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5741 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5742 	  break;
5743 
5744 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5745 	  break;
5746 
5747 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5748 	  break;
5749 
5750 	default:
5751 	  FAIL ();
5752 	  break;
5753 	}
5754     }
5755   return dot;
5756 }
5757 
5758 void
5759 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5760 {
5761   bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5762 
5763   current_section = NULL;
5764   prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5765   expld.phase = phase;
5766   lang_statement_iteration++;
5767   lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5768 			 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5769 }
5770 
5771 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5772    choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5773    of "dot".  */
5774 
5775 asection *
5776 section_for_dot (void)
5777 {
5778   asection *s;
5779 
5780   /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5781      has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5782      assignments belong to the next output section.  (The assumption
5783      is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5784      next output section.)  Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5785      we always associate with the previous section.  This exception is
5786      for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5787      weirdness after non-alloc sections.  */
5788   if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5789     {
5790       lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5791       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5792 
5793       for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5794 	   stmt != NULL;
5795 	   stmt = stmt->header.next)
5796 	if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5797 	  break;
5798 
5799       os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5800       while (os != NULL
5801 	     && !os->after_end
5802 	     && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5803 		 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5804 		 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5805 						   os->bfd_section)))
5806 	os = os->next;
5807 
5808       if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5809 	{
5810 	  if (os != NULL)
5811 	    s = os->bfd_section;
5812 	  else
5813 	    s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5814 	  while (s != NULL
5815 		 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5816 		     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5817 	    s = s->prev;
5818 	  if (s != NULL)
5819 	    return s;
5820 
5821 	  return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5822 	}
5823     }
5824 
5825   s = current_section->bfd_section;
5826 
5827   /* The section may have been stripped.  */
5828   while (s != NULL
5829 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5830 	     || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5831 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5832 	     || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5833     s = s->prev;
5834   if (s == NULL)
5835     s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5836   while (s != NULL
5837 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5838 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5839     s = s->next;
5840   if (s != NULL)
5841     return s;
5842 
5843   return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5844 }
5845 
5846 /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  When the assemblers see the
5847    operator .startof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5848    .startof.section_name.  Similarly, when it sees
5849    .sizeof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5850    .sizeof.section_name.  For all the output sections, we look for
5851    such symbols, and set them to the correct value.  */
5852 
5853 static void
5854 lang_set_startof (void)
5855 {
5856   asection *s;
5857 
5858   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5859     return;
5860 
5861   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5862     {
5863       const char *secname;
5864       char *buf;
5865       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5866 
5867       secname = bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd, s);
5868       buf = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
5869 
5870       sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", secname);
5871       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5872       if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5873 	{
5874 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5875 	  h->u.def.value = 0;
5876 	  h->u.def.section = s;
5877 	}
5878 
5879       sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", secname);
5880       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5881       if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5882 	{
5883 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5884 	  h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (s->size);
5885 	  h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5886 	}
5887 
5888       free (buf);
5889     }
5890 }
5891 
5892 static void
5893 lang_end (void)
5894 {
5895   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5896   bfd_boolean warn;
5897 
5898   if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
5899       || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
5900     warn = entry_from_cmdline;
5901   else
5902     warn = TRUE;
5903 
5904   /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
5905      --gc-sections.  */
5906   if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5907       && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
5908     einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
5909 	     "an undefined symbol\n"));
5910 
5911   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
5912     {
5913       /* No entry has been specified.  Look for the default entry, but
5914 	 don't warn if we don't find it.  */
5915       entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
5916       warn = FALSE;
5917     }
5918 
5919   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
5920 			    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5921   if (h != NULL
5922       && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5923 	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5924       && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
5925     {
5926       bfd_vma val;
5927 
5928       val = (h->u.def.value
5929 	     + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
5930 				    h->u.def.section->output_section)
5931 	     + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
5932       if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5933 	einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
5934     }
5935   else
5936     {
5937       bfd_vma val;
5938       const char *send;
5939 
5940       /* We couldn't find the entry symbol.  Try parsing it as a
5941 	 number.  */
5942       val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
5943       if (*send == '\0')
5944 	{
5945 	  if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5946 	    einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5947 	}
5948       else
5949 	{
5950 	  asection *ts;
5951 
5952 	  /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number.  Use
5953 	     the first address in the text section.  */
5954 	  ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
5955 	  if (ts != NULL)
5956 	    {
5957 	      if (warn)
5958 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5959 			 " defaulting to %V\n"),
5960 		       entry_symbol.name,
5961 		       bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
5962 	      if (!(bfd_set_start_address
5963 		    (link_info.output_bfd,
5964 		     bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
5965 		einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5966 	    }
5967 	  else
5968 	    {
5969 	      if (warn)
5970 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5971 			 " not setting start address\n"),
5972 		       entry_symbol.name);
5973 	    }
5974 	}
5975     }
5976 }
5977 
5978 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
5979    BFD.  */
5980 
5981 static void
5982 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)
5983 {
5984   /* Don't do anything.  */
5985 }
5986 
5987 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
5988    with the output file.  Also call the backend to let it do any
5989    other checking that is needed.  */
5990 
5991 static void
5992 lang_check (void)
5993 {
5994   lang_statement_union_type *file;
5995   bfd *input_bfd;
5996   const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
5997 
5998   for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
5999     {
6000 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6001       /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin.  */
6002       if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6003 	continue;
6004 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6005       input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6006       compatible
6007 	= bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6008 				   command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6009 
6010       /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6011 	 link between differing object formats when the input
6012 	 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6013 	 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6014 	 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6015 	 relocs for other link purposes than a final link).  */
6016       if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6017 	   || link_info.emitrelocations)
6018 	  && (compatible == NULL
6019 	      || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6020 		  != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6021 	  && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6022 	{
6023 	  einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
6024 		   " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"),
6025 		 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6026 		 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6027 	  /* einfo with %F exits.  */
6028 	}
6029 
6030       if (compatible == NULL)
6031 	{
6032 	  if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6033 	    einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'"
6034 		     " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6035 		   bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6036 		   bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6037 	}
6038       else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6039 	{
6040 	  /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6041 	     private data of the output bfd.  */
6042 
6043 	  bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6044 
6045 	  /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6046 	     files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6047 	     function which will do nothing.  We still want to call
6048 	     bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6049 	     information which is needed in the output file.  */
6050 	  if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6051 	    pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6052 	  if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd))
6053 	    {
6054 	      if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6055 		einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
6056 			 " of file %B\n"), input_bfd);
6057 	    }
6058 	  if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6059 	    bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6060 	}
6061     }
6062 }
6063 
6064 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6065    correct section.  The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6066    to roughly sort the entries by alignment.  */
6067 
6068 static void
6069 lang_common (void)
6070 {
6071   if (command_line.inhibit_common_definition)
6072     return;
6073   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6074       && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6075     return;
6076 
6077   if (!config.sort_common)
6078     bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6079   else
6080     {
6081       unsigned int power;
6082 
6083       if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6084 	{
6085 	  for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6086 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6087 
6088 	  power = 0;
6089 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6090 	}
6091       else
6092 	{
6093 	  for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6094 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6095 
6096 	  power = (unsigned int) -1;
6097 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6098 	}
6099     }
6100 }
6101 
6102 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section.  */
6103 
6104 static bfd_boolean
6105 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6106 {
6107   unsigned int power_of_two;
6108   bfd_vma size;
6109   asection *section;
6110 
6111   if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6112     return TRUE;
6113 
6114   size = h->u.c.size;
6115   power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6116 
6117   if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6118       && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6119     return TRUE;
6120   else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6121 	   && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6122     return TRUE;
6123 
6124   section = h->u.c.p->section;
6125   if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6126     einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"),
6127 	   h->root.string);
6128 
6129   if (config.map_file != NULL)
6130     {
6131       static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6132       int len;
6133       char *name;
6134       char buf[50];
6135 
6136       if (!header_printed)
6137 	{
6138 	  minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6139 	  minfo (_("Common symbol       size              file\n\n"));
6140 	  header_printed = TRUE;
6141 	}
6142 
6143       name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6144 			   DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6145       if (name == NULL)
6146 	{
6147 	  minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6148 	  len = strlen (h->root.string);
6149 	}
6150       else
6151 	{
6152 	  minfo ("%s", name);
6153 	  len = strlen (name);
6154 	  free (name);
6155 	}
6156 
6157       if (len >= 19)
6158 	{
6159 	  print_nl ();
6160 	  len = 0;
6161 	}
6162       while (len < 20)
6163 	{
6164 	  print_space ();
6165 	  ++len;
6166 	}
6167 
6168       minfo ("0x");
6169       if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6170 	sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6171       else
6172 	sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6173       minfo ("%s", buf);
6174       len = strlen (buf);
6175 
6176       while (len < 16)
6177 	{
6178 	  print_space ();
6179 	  ++len;
6180 	}
6181 
6182       minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
6183     }
6184 
6185   return TRUE;
6186 }
6187 
6188 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6189    output section.  The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6190    option are handled here.  */
6191 
6192 static void
6193 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6194 {
6195   if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6196     {
6197       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6198       os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6199 						 TRUE);
6200       if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6201 	  && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6202 	      || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6203 	os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6204       lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6205     }
6206   else
6207     {
6208       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6209       const char *name = s->name;
6210       int constraint = 0;
6211 
6212       if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6213 	einfo ("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%A' from `%B'.\n",
6214 	       s, s->owner);
6215 
6216       if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6217 	constraint = SPECIAL;
6218 
6219       os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6220       if (os == NULL)
6221 	{
6222 	  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6223 	  if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6224 	      && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6225 		  || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6226 	    os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6227 	  lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6228 	}
6229 
6230       if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6231 	einfo ("%P: warning: orphan section `%A' from `%B' being "
6232 	       "placed in section `%s'.\n",
6233 	       s, s->owner, os->name);
6234     }
6235 }
6236 
6237 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6238    somewhere to go.  If one is found without a destination then create
6239    an input request and place it into the statement tree.  */
6240 
6241 static void
6242 lang_place_orphans (void)
6243 {
6244   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6245     {
6246       asection *s;
6247 
6248       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6249 	{
6250 	  if (s->output_section == NULL)
6251 	    {
6252 	      /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6253 		 around for a sensible place for it to go.  */
6254 
6255 	      if (file->flags.just_syms)
6256 		bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6257 	      else if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
6258 		s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6259 	      else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6260 		{
6261 		  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6262 		     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
6263 		     with the wildcard.  */
6264 		  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6265 		      || command_line.force_common_definition)
6266 		    {
6267 		      if (default_common_section == NULL)
6268 			default_common_section
6269 			  = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6270 								  TRUE);
6271 		      lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6272 					NULL, default_common_section);
6273 		    }
6274 		}
6275 	      else
6276 		ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6277 	    }
6278 	}
6279     }
6280 }
6281 
6282 void
6283 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6284 {
6285   flagword *ptr_flags;
6286 
6287   ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6288 
6289   while (*flags)
6290     {
6291       switch (*flags)
6292 	{
6293 	  /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6294 	     the sense of any of the attributes that follow.  */
6295 	case '!':
6296 	  invert = !invert;
6297 	  ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6298 	  break;
6299 
6300 	case 'A': case 'a':
6301 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6302 	  break;
6303 
6304 	case 'R': case 'r':
6305 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6306 	  break;
6307 
6308 	case 'W': case 'w':
6309 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6310 	  break;
6311 
6312 	case 'X': case 'x':
6313 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6314 	  break;
6315 
6316 	case 'L': case 'l':
6317 	case 'I': case 'i':
6318 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6319 	  break;
6320 
6321 	default:
6322 	  einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6323 		 *flags, *flags);
6324 	  break;
6325 	}
6326       flags++;
6327     }
6328 }
6329 
6330 /* Call a function on each input file.  This function will be called
6331    on an archive, but not on the elements.  */
6332 
6333 void
6334 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6335 {
6336   lang_input_statement_type *f;
6337 
6338   for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
6339        f != NULL;
6340        f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file)
6341     func (f);
6342 }
6343 
6344 /* Call a function on each file.  The function will be called on all
6345    the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6346    not be called on the archive file itself.  */
6347 
6348 void
6349 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6350 {
6351   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6352     {
6353       func (f);
6354     }
6355 }
6356 
6357 void
6358 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6359 {
6360   lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6361 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6362 			 &entry->next);
6363 
6364   /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6365      a link.  */
6366   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6367   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6368 
6369   *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6370   link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6371   entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6372   bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6373 
6374   /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6375      included in the link.  We need to do this now, so that we can
6376      notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6377      definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6378      going to link.  FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6379      symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6380      discarded.  This would require modifying the backend linker for
6381      each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag.  If we do
6382      this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way.  */
6383 
6384   bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6385 }
6386 
6387 void
6388 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6389 {
6390   /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script.  */
6391   if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6392     {
6393       output_filename = name;
6394       had_output_filename = TRUE;
6395     }
6396 }
6397 
6398 static int
6399 topower (int x)
6400 {
6401   unsigned int i = 1;
6402   int l;
6403 
6404   if (x < 0)
6405     return -1;
6406 
6407   for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6408     {
6409       if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6410 	return l;
6411       i <<= 1;
6412     }
6413 
6414   return 0;
6415 }
6416 
6417 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6418 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6419 				     etree_type *address_exp,
6420 				     enum section_type sectype,
6421 				     etree_type *align,
6422 				     etree_type *subalign,
6423 				     etree_type *ebase,
6424 				     int constraint,
6425 				     int align_with_input)
6426 {
6427   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6428 
6429   os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6430 					     constraint, TRUE);
6431   current_section = os;
6432 
6433   if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6434     {
6435       os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6436     }
6437   os->sectype = sectype;
6438   if (sectype != noload_section)
6439     os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6440   else
6441     os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6442   os->block_value = 1;
6443 
6444   /* Make next things chain into subchain of this.  */
6445   push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6446 
6447   os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6448   if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6449     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6450 	   NULL);
6451 
6452   os->subsection_alignment =
6453     topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6454   os->section_alignment =
6455     topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6456 
6457   os->load_base = ebase;
6458   return os;
6459 }
6460 
6461 void
6462 lang_final (void)
6463 {
6464   lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6465 
6466   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6467   new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6468 }
6469 
6470 /* Reset the current counters in the regions.  */
6471 
6472 void
6473 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6474 {
6475   lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6476   asection *o;
6477   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6478 
6479   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6480     {
6481       p->current = p->origin;
6482       p->last_os = NULL;
6483     }
6484 
6485   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6486        os != NULL;
6487        os = os->next)
6488     {
6489       os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6490       os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6491     }
6492 
6493   for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6494     {
6495       /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section.  */
6496       o->rawsize = o->size;
6497       o->size = 0;
6498     }
6499 }
6500 
6501 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1.  */
6502 
6503 static void
6504 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6505 		     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6506 		     asection *section,
6507 		     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6508 		     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6509 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6510 {
6511   /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6512      should be as well.  */
6513   if (ptr->keep_sections)
6514     section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6515 }
6516 
6517 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC.  */
6518 
6519 static void
6520 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6521 {
6522   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6523     {
6524       switch (s->header.type)
6525 	{
6526 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6527 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6528 	  break;
6529 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6530 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6531 	  break;
6532 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6533 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6534 	  break;
6535 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6536 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6537 	  break;
6538 	default:
6539 	  break;
6540 	}
6541     }
6542 }
6543 
6544 static void
6545 lang_gc_sections (void)
6546 {
6547   /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script.  */
6548   lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6549 
6550   /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6551      the special case of debug info.  (See bfd/stabs.c)
6552      Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code.  */
6553   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6554     {
6555       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6556 	{
6557 	  asection *sec;
6558 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6559 	  if (f->flags.claimed)
6560 	    continue;
6561 #endif
6562 	  for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6563 	    if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6564 	      sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6565 	}
6566     }
6567 
6568   if (link_info.gc_sections)
6569     bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6570 }
6571 
6572 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1.  */
6573 
6574 static void
6575 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6576 			     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6577 			     asection *section,
6578 			     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6579 			     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6580 			     void *data)
6581 {
6582   /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6583      size.  */
6584   if (section->output_section != NULL
6585       && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6586       && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6587       && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6588       && section->size != 0)
6589     {
6590       bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6591       *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6592     }
6593 }
6594 
6595 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections.  */
6596 
6597 static void
6598 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6599 			    bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6600 {
6601   if (*has_relro_section)
6602     return;
6603 
6604   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6605     {
6606       if (s == expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
6607 	break;
6608 
6609       switch (s->header.type)
6610 	{
6611 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6612 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6613 		     find_relro_section_callback,
6614 		     has_relro_section);
6615 	  break;
6616 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6617 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6618 				      has_relro_section);
6619 	  break;
6620 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6621 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6622 				      has_relro_section);
6623 	  break;
6624 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6625 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6626 				      has_relro_section);
6627 	  break;
6628 	default:
6629 	  break;
6630 	}
6631     }
6632 }
6633 
6634 static void
6635 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6636 {
6637   bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6638 
6639   /* Check all sections in the link script.  */
6640 
6641   lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6642 			      &has_relro_section);
6643 
6644   if (!has_relro_section)
6645     link_info.relro = FALSE;
6646 }
6647 
6648 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6649 
6650 void
6651 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6652 {
6653   if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6654     {
6655       /* We may need more than one relaxation pass.  */
6656       int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6657 
6658       /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass.  */
6659       link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6660 
6661       while (i--)
6662 	{
6663 	  /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6664 	  bfd_boolean relax_again;
6665 
6666 	  link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6667 	  do
6668 	    {
6669 	      link_info.relax_trip++;
6670 
6671 	      /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also.  If you find
6672 		 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6673 		 pe-dll.c also.  DJ  */
6674 
6675 	      /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6676 		 section sizes.  */
6677 	      lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6678 
6679 	      /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6680 		 size.  */
6681 	      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6682 
6683 	      /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6684 		 globals are, so can make a better guess.  */
6685 	      relax_again = FALSE;
6686 	      lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6687 	    }
6688 	  while (relax_again);
6689 
6690 	  link_info.relax_pass++;
6691 	}
6692       need_layout = TRUE;
6693     }
6694 
6695   if (need_layout)
6696     {
6697       /* Final extra sizing to report errors.  */
6698       lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6699       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6700       lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6701     }
6702 }
6703 
6704 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6705 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files.  We
6706    place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6707    first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6708    object file immediately preceding the archive.  In the event
6709    no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6710    object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6711    the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6712    is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6713    input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6714    inserted at the head of the file_chain.  */
6715 
6716 static lang_input_statement_type *
6717 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6718 {
6719   lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6720   lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6721   for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6722        claim1 != NULL;
6723        claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6724     {
6725       if (claim1->flags.claimed)
6726 	return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6727       /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file.  */
6728       if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
6729 	lastobject = claim1;
6730     }
6731   /* No files were claimed by the plugin.  Choose the last object
6732      file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
6733      insert point.  */
6734   return lastobject;
6735 }
6736 
6737 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
6738    on FIELD as the next-pointer.  (Counterintuitively does not need
6739    a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.)  */
6740 
6741 static void
6742 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6743 			lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
6744 			lang_statement_union_type **field)
6745 {
6746   *(srclist->tail) = *field;
6747   *field = srclist->head;
6748   if (destlist->tail == field)
6749     destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
6750 }
6751 
6752 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
6753    was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST.  */
6754 
6755 static void
6756 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6757 		       lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
6758 {
6759   union lang_statement_union **savetail;
6760   /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST.  */
6761   ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
6762   savetail = origlist->tail;
6763   origlist->head = *(savetail);
6764   origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
6765   destlist->tail = savetail;
6766   *savetail = NULL;
6767 }
6768 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6769 
6770 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points.  */
6771 
6772 void
6773 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
6774 {
6775   struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
6776 
6777   if (name == NULL)
6778     return;
6779 
6780   sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
6781 
6782   sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
6783   sym->name = name;
6784   link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
6785 }
6786 
6787 /* Check relocations.  */
6788 
6789 static void
6790 lang_check_relocs (void)
6791 {
6792   if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
6793     {
6794       bfd *abfd;
6795 
6796       for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
6797 	   abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6798 	if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
6799 	  {
6800 	    /* No object output, fail return.  */
6801 	    config.make_executable = FALSE;
6802 	    /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
6803 	       continue the scan in case there are other
6804 	       bad relocations to report.  */
6805 	  }
6806     }
6807 }
6808 
6809 void
6810 lang_process (void)
6811 {
6812   /* Finalize dynamic list.  */
6813   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
6814     lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
6815 
6816   current_target = default_target;
6817 
6818   /* Open the output file.  */
6819   lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
6820   init_opb ();
6821 
6822   ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
6823 
6824   /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line.  */
6825   lang_place_undefineds ();
6826 
6827   if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
6828     einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
6829 
6830   /* Create a bfd for each input file.  */
6831   current_target = default_target;
6832   open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6833 
6834 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6835   if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
6836     {
6837       lang_statement_list_type added;
6838       lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
6839 
6840       /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
6841 	 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
6842 	 emulation's after_open hook.  We create a private list of
6843 	 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
6844 	 insert into the global statment list after the first claimed
6845 	 file.  */
6846       added = *stat_ptr;
6847       /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony.  */
6848       files = file_chain;
6849       inputfiles = input_file_chain;
6850       if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
6851 	einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
6852 	       plugin_error_plugin ());
6853       /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains.  */
6854       open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6855       /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added.  */
6856       lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
6857       /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists.  */
6858       lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
6859       lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
6860       /* Were any new files added?  */
6861       if (added.head != NULL)
6862 	{
6863 	  /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
6864 	     after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin.  */
6865 	  plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
6866 	  /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
6867 	     don't really have a good idea where to place them.  Just putting
6868 	     them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
6869 	     outside the crtbegin...crtend range.  */
6870 	  ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
6871 	  /* Splice the new statement list into the old one.  */
6872 	  lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
6873 				  &plugin_insert->header.next);
6874 	  /* Likewise for the file chains.  */
6875 	  lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
6876 				  &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
6877 	  /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
6878 	     insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
6879 	     point chosen is the dummy first input file.  */
6880 	  if (plugin_insert->filename)
6881 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
6882 	  else
6883 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
6884 
6885 	  /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared.  */
6886 	  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
6887 	}
6888     }
6889 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6890 
6891   /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
6892      before now.  */
6893   ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
6894 
6895   link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
6896 
6897   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6898     {
6899       link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
6900 
6901       /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
6902 	 linker script or the -e command line option.  But if neither of
6903 	 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
6904 	 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
6905 	 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
6906 	 is called, long after this function has finished.  So detect this
6907 	 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
6908 	 points for garbage collection resolution.  */
6909       lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
6910     }
6911 
6912   lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
6913   lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
6914 
6915   ldemul_after_open ();
6916   if (config.map_file != NULL)
6917     lang_print_asneeded ();
6918 
6919   bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
6920 
6921   /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures.  We call this
6922      after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
6923      other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
6924      does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
6925      link.  */
6926   lang_check ();
6927 
6928   /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so.  */
6929   if (command_line.version_exports_section)
6930     lang_do_version_exports_section ();
6931 
6932   /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
6933      files.  */
6934   ldctor_build_sets ();
6935 
6936   /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
6937      collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved.  */
6938   lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
6939 
6940   lang_do_memory_regions();
6941   expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
6942 
6943   /* Size up the common data.  */
6944   lang_common ();
6945 
6946   /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to.  */
6947   lang_gc_sections ();
6948 
6949   /* Check relocations.  */
6950   lang_check_relocs ();
6951 
6952   /* Update wild statements.  */
6953   update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
6954 
6955   /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
6956      to the correct output sections.  */
6957   lang_statement_iteration++;
6958   map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
6959 
6960   process_insert_statements ();
6961 
6962   /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them.  */
6963   lang_place_orphans ();
6964 
6965   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6966     {
6967       asection *found;
6968 
6969       /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections.  This has to be done after GC of
6970 	 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
6971 	 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
6972 	 is hard then.  */
6973       bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6974 
6975       /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it.  */
6976       found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
6977 
6978       if (found != NULL)
6979 	{
6980 	  if (config.text_read_only)
6981 	    found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6982 	  else
6983 	    found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
6984 	}
6985     }
6986 
6987   /* Do anything special before sizing sections.  This is where ELF
6988      and other back-ends size dynamic sections.  */
6989   ldemul_before_allocation ();
6990 
6991   /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
6992      section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS.  */
6993   lang_record_phdrs ();
6994 
6995   /* Check relro sections.  */
6996   if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6997     lang_find_relro_sections ();
6998 
6999   /* Size up the sections.  */
7000   lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7001 
7002   /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7003      everything is.  This is where relaxation is done.  */
7004   ldemul_after_allocation ();
7005 
7006   /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  */
7007   lang_set_startof ();
7008 
7009   /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
7010      of all the symbols.  */
7011   lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7012 
7013   ldemul_finish ();
7014 
7015   /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative.  */
7016   ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7017 
7018   /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense.  */
7019   if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7020     lang_check_section_addresses ();
7021 
7022   /* Check any required symbols are known.  */
7023   ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7024 
7025   lang_end ();
7026 }
7027 
7028 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7029 
7030 void
7031 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7032 	       struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7033 	       bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7034 {
7035   struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7036   lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7037 
7038   /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front.  */
7039   for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7040        curr != NULL;
7041        section_list = curr, curr = next)
7042     {
7043       if (curr->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (curr->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
7044 	placed_commons = TRUE;
7045 
7046       next = curr->next;
7047       curr->next = section_list;
7048     }
7049 
7050   if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7051     {
7052       if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7053 	filespec->name = NULL;
7054       else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7055 	lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7056     }
7057 
7058   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7059   new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7060   new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7061   new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7062   if (filespec != NULL)
7063     {
7064       new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7065       new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7066       new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7067     }
7068   new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7069   new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7070   lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7071   analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7072 }
7073 
7074 void
7075 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7076 		    const segment_type *segment)
7077 {
7078   lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7079 
7080   ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7081   ad->section_name = name;
7082   ad->address = address;
7083   ad->segment = segment;
7084 }
7085 
7086 /* Set the start symbol to NAME.  CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7087    because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7088    called by ENTRY in a linker script.  Command line arguments take
7089    precedence.  */
7090 
7091 void
7092 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7093 {
7094   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7095       || cmdline
7096       || !entry_from_cmdline)
7097     {
7098       entry_symbol.name = name;
7099       entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7100     }
7101 }
7102 
7103 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME.  .em files should use this,
7104    not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7105    linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point.  NAME
7106    must be permanently allocated.  */
7107 void
7108 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7109 {
7110   entry_symbol_default = name;
7111 }
7112 
7113 void
7114 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7115 {
7116   lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7117 
7118   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7119   new_stmt->target = name;
7120 }
7121 
7122 void
7123 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7124 {
7125   while (*name)
7126     {
7127       switch (*name)
7128 	{
7129 	case 'F':
7130 	  map_option_f = TRUE;
7131 	  break;
7132 	}
7133       name++;
7134     }
7135 }
7136 
7137 void
7138 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7139 {
7140   lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7141 
7142   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7143   new_stmt->fill = fill;
7144 }
7145 
7146 void
7147 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7148 {
7149   lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7150 
7151   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7152   new_stmt->exp = exp;
7153   new_stmt->type = type;
7154 }
7155 
7156 /* Create a new reloc statement.  RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7157    generate.  HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7158    look this up, but the caller has already done so).  SECTION is the
7159    section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7160    symbol to generate a reloc against.  Exactly one of SECTION and
7161    NAME must be NULL.  ADDEND is an expression for the addend.  */
7162 
7163 void
7164 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7165 		reloc_howto_type *howto,
7166 		asection *section,
7167 		const char *name,
7168 		union etree_union *addend)
7169 {
7170   lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7171 
7172   p->reloc = reloc;
7173   p->howto = howto;
7174   p->section = section;
7175   p->name = name;
7176   p->addend_exp = addend;
7177 
7178   p->addend_value = 0;
7179   p->output_section = NULL;
7180   p->output_offset = 0;
7181 }
7182 
7183 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7184 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7185 {
7186   lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7187 
7188   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7189   new_stmt->exp = exp;
7190   return new_stmt;
7191 }
7192 
7193 void
7194 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7195 {
7196   new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7197 }
7198 
7199 void
7200 lang_startup (const char *name)
7201 {
7202   if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7203     {
7204       einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7205     }
7206   first_file->filename = name;
7207   first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7208   first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7209 }
7210 
7211 void
7212 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7213 {
7214   lang_float_flag = maybe;
7215 }
7216 
7217 
7218 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7219    store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7220 
7221    MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7222    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7223    LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7224    statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7225    had an explicit load address.
7226 
7227    It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address.  */
7228 
7229 static void
7230 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7231 		  lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7232 		  const char *memspec,
7233 		  const char *lma_memspec,
7234 		  bfd_boolean have_lma,
7235 		  bfd_boolean have_vma)
7236 {
7237   *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7238 
7239   /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7240      has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7241      as well.  */
7242   if (lma_memspec != NULL
7243       && !have_vma
7244       && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7245     *region = *lma_region;
7246   else
7247     *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7248 
7249   if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7250     einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7251 	   NULL);
7252 }
7253 
7254 void
7255 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7256 				     lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7257 				     const char *lma_memspec)
7258 {
7259   lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7260 		    &current_section->lma_region,
7261 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7262 		    current_section->load_base != NULL,
7263 		    current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7264 
7265   /* If this section has no load region or base, but uses the same
7266      region as the previous section, then propagate the previous
7267      section's load region.  */
7268 
7269   if (current_section->lma_region == NULL
7270       && current_section->load_base == NULL
7271       && current_section->addr_tree == NULL
7272       && current_section->region == current_section->prev->region)
7273     current_section->lma_region = current_section->prev->lma_region;
7274 
7275   current_section->fill = fill;
7276   current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7277   pop_stat_ptr ();
7278 }
7279 
7280 void
7281 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7282 		       lang_statement_union_type *element,
7283 		       lang_statement_union_type **field)
7284 {
7285   *(list->tail) = element;
7286   list->tail = field;
7287 }
7288 
7289 /* Set the output format type.  -oformat overrides scripts.  */
7290 
7291 void
7292 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7293 			const char *big,
7294 			const char *little,
7295 			int from_script)
7296 {
7297   if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7298     {
7299       if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7300 	  && big != NULL)
7301 	format = big;
7302       else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7303 	       && little != NULL)
7304 	format = little;
7305 
7306       output_target = format;
7307     }
7308 }
7309 
7310 void
7311 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7312 {
7313   lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7314 
7315   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7316   new_stmt->where = where;
7317   new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7318   saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7319 }
7320 
7321 /* Enter a group.  This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7322    stat_ptr to build new statements within the group.  */
7323 
7324 void
7325 lang_enter_group (void)
7326 {
7327   lang_group_statement_type *g;
7328 
7329   g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7330   lang_list_init (&g->children);
7331   push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7332 }
7333 
7334 /* Leave a group.  This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7335    regular list of statements again.  Note that this will not work if
7336    groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7337    but currently they can't.  */
7338 
7339 void
7340 lang_leave_group (void)
7341 {
7342   pop_stat_ptr ();
7343 }
7344 
7345 /* Add a new program header.  This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7346    command in a linker script.  */
7347 
7348 void
7349 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7350 	       etree_type *type,
7351 	       bfd_boolean filehdr,
7352 	       bfd_boolean phdrs,
7353 	       etree_type *at,
7354 	       etree_type *flags)
7355 {
7356   struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7357   bfd_boolean hdrs;
7358 
7359   n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7360   n->next = NULL;
7361   n->name = name;
7362   n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7363   n->filehdr = filehdr;
7364   n->phdrs = phdrs;
7365   n->at = at;
7366   n->flags = flags;
7367 
7368   hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7369 
7370   for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7371     if (hdrs
7372 	&& (*pp)->type == 1
7373 	&& !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7374       {
7375 	einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7376 		 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7377 	hdrs = FALSE;
7378       }
7379 
7380   *pp = n;
7381 }
7382 
7383 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD.  FIXME: We
7384    should not be calling an ELF specific function here.  */
7385 
7386 static void
7387 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7388 {
7389   unsigned int alc;
7390   asection **secs;
7391   lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7392   struct lang_phdr *l;
7393   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7394 
7395   alc = 10;
7396   secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7397   last = NULL;
7398 
7399   for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7400     {
7401       unsigned int c;
7402       flagword flags;
7403       bfd_vma at;
7404 
7405       c = 0;
7406       for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7407 	   os != NULL;
7408 	   os = os->next)
7409 	{
7410 	  lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7411 
7412 	  if (os->constraint < 0)
7413 	    continue;
7414 
7415 	  pl = os->phdrs;
7416 	  if (pl != NULL)
7417 	    last = pl;
7418 	  else
7419 	    {
7420 	      if (os->sectype == noload_section
7421 		  || os->bfd_section == NULL
7422 		  || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7423 		continue;
7424 
7425 	      /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header.  */
7426 	      if (l->type == 3)
7427 		continue;
7428 
7429 	      if (last == NULL)
7430 		{
7431 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7432 
7433 		  /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7434 		     header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7435 		     one.  This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7436 		     behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7437 		     header and there are sections in that script which are
7438 		     not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7439 		     use of that header. See here for more details:
7440 		     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html  */
7441 		  for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7442 		    if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7443 		      {
7444 			last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7445 			break;
7446 		      }
7447 		  if (last == NULL)
7448 		    einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7449 		}
7450 	      pl = last;
7451 	    }
7452 
7453 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7454 	    continue;
7455 
7456 	  for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7457 	    {
7458 	      if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7459 		{
7460 		  if (c >= alc)
7461 		    {
7462 		      alc *= 2;
7463 		      secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7464 						     alc * sizeof (asection *));
7465 		    }
7466 		  secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7467 		  ++c;
7468 		  pl->used = TRUE;
7469 		}
7470 	    }
7471 	}
7472 
7473       if (l->flags == NULL)
7474 	flags = 0;
7475       else
7476 	flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7477 
7478       if (l->at == NULL)
7479 	at = 0;
7480       else
7481 	at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7482 
7483       if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7484 			    l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7485 			    at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7486 	einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7487     }
7488 
7489   free (secs);
7490 
7491   /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded.  */
7492   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7493        os != NULL;
7494        os = os->next)
7495     {
7496       lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7497 
7498       if (os->constraint < 0
7499 	  || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7500 	continue;
7501 
7502       for (pl = os->phdrs;
7503 	   pl != NULL;
7504 	   pl = pl->next)
7505 	if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7506 	  einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7507 		 os->name, pl->name);
7508     }
7509 }
7510 
7511 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced.  */
7512 
7513 void
7514 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7515 {
7516   struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7517 
7518   n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7519   n->next = nocrossref_list;
7520   n->list = l;
7521   n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
7522   nocrossref_list = n;
7523 
7524   /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols.  */
7525   link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7526 }
7527 
7528 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections.  */
7529 
7530 void
7531 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7532 {
7533   lang_add_nocrossref (l);
7534   nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
7535 }
7536 
7537 /* Overlay handling.  We handle overlays with some static variables.  */
7538 
7539 /* The overlay virtual address.  */
7540 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7541 /* And subsection alignment.  */
7542 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7543 
7544 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far.  */
7545 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7546 
7547 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay.  */
7548 
7549 struct overlay_list {
7550   struct overlay_list *next;
7551   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7552 };
7553 
7554 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7555 
7556 /* Start handling an overlay.  */
7557 
7558 void
7559 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7560 {
7561   /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring.  */
7562   ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7563 	  && overlay_subalign == NULL
7564 	  && overlay_max == NULL);
7565 
7566   overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7567   overlay_subalign = subalign;
7568 }
7569 
7570 /* Start a section in an overlay.  We handle this by calling
7571    lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7572    lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions.  */
7573 
7574 void
7575 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7576 {
7577   struct overlay_list *n;
7578   etree_type *size;
7579 
7580   lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7581 				       0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
7582 
7583   /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7584      sections on this one.  This will work correctly even if `.' is
7585      used in the addresses.  */
7586   if (overlay_list == NULL)
7587     overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7588 
7589   /* Remember the section.  */
7590   n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7591   n->os = current_section;
7592   n->next = overlay_list;
7593   overlay_list = n;
7594 
7595   size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7596 
7597   /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address.  */
7598   if (overlay_max == NULL)
7599     overlay_max = size;
7600   else
7601     overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7602 }
7603 
7604 /* Finish a section in an overlay.  There isn't any special to do
7605    here.  */
7606 
7607 void
7608 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7609 			    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7610 {
7611   const char *name;
7612   char *clean, *s2;
7613   const char *s1;
7614   char *buf;
7615 
7616   name = current_section->name;
7617 
7618   /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7619      region and that no load-time region has been specified.  It doesn't
7620      really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
7621      override it.  */
7622   lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
7623 
7624   /* Define the magic symbols.  */
7625 
7626   clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7627   s2 = clean;
7628   for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
7629     if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
7630       *s2++ = *s1;
7631   *s2 = '\0';
7632 
7633   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
7634   sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
7635   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7636 				    exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7637 				    FALSE));
7638 
7639   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
7640   sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
7641   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7642 				    exp_binop ('+',
7643 					       exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7644 					       exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
7645 				    FALSE));
7646 
7647   free (clean);
7648 }
7649 
7650 /* Finish an overlay.  If there are any overlay wide settings, this
7651    looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them.  */
7652 
7653 void
7654 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
7655 		    int nocrossrefs,
7656 		    fill_type *fill,
7657 		    const char *memspec,
7658 		    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7659 		    const char *lma_memspec)
7660 {
7661   lang_memory_region_type *region;
7662   lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
7663   struct overlay_list *l;
7664   lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
7665 
7666   lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
7667 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7668 		    lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
7669 
7670   nocrossref = NULL;
7671 
7672   /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
7673      overlay region.  */
7674   if (overlay_list != NULL)
7675     {
7676       overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
7677       overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
7678 	= exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
7679     }
7680 
7681   l = overlay_list;
7682   while (l != NULL)
7683     {
7684       struct overlay_list *next;
7685 
7686       if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
7687 	l->os->fill = fill;
7688 
7689       l->os->region = region;
7690       l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
7691 
7692       /* The first section has the load address specified in the
7693 	 OVERLAY statement.  The rest are worked out from that.
7694 	 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
7695 	 an LMA region was specified.  */
7696       if (l->next == 0)
7697 	{
7698 	  l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
7699 	  l->os->sectype = normal_section;
7700 	}
7701       if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
7702 	l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
7703 
7704       if (nocrossrefs)
7705 	{
7706 	  lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
7707 
7708 	  nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
7709 	  nc->name = l->os->name;
7710 	  nc->next = nocrossref;
7711 	  nocrossref = nc;
7712 	}
7713 
7714       next = l->next;
7715       free (l);
7716       l = next;
7717     }
7718 
7719   if (nocrossref != NULL)
7720     lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
7721 
7722   overlay_vma = NULL;
7723   overlay_list = NULL;
7724   overlay_max = NULL;
7725 }
7726 
7727 /* Version handling.  This is only useful for ELF.  */
7728 
7729 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
7730    If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
7731    symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match).  */
7732 
7733 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7734 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
7735 		 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
7736 		 const char *sym)
7737 {
7738   const char *c_sym;
7739   const char *cxx_sym = sym;
7740   const char *java_sym = sym;
7741   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
7742   enum demangling_styles curr_style;
7743 
7744   curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
7745   cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
7746   c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
7747   if (!c_sym)
7748     c_sym = sym;
7749   cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
7750 
7751   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7752     {
7753       cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
7754 			      DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
7755       if (!cxx_sym)
7756 	cxx_sym = sym;
7757     }
7758   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7759     {
7760       java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
7761       if (!java_sym)
7762 	java_sym = sym;
7763     }
7764 
7765   if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
7766     {
7767       struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
7768 
7769       switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
7770 	{
7771 	case 0:
7772 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7773 	    {
7774 	      e.pattern = c_sym;
7775 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7776 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7777 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
7778 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7779 		  goto out_ret;
7780 		else
7781 		  expr = expr->next;
7782 	    }
7783 	  /* Fallthrough */
7784 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
7785 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7786 	    {
7787 	      e.pattern = cxx_sym;
7788 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7789 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7790 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
7791 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7792 		  goto out_ret;
7793 		else
7794 		  expr = expr->next;
7795 	    }
7796 	  /* Fallthrough */
7797 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
7798 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7799 	    {
7800 	      e.pattern = java_sym;
7801 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7802 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7803 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
7804 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7805 		  goto out_ret;
7806 		else
7807 		  expr = expr->next;
7808 	    }
7809 	  /* Fallthrough */
7810 	default:
7811 	  break;
7812 	}
7813     }
7814 
7815   /* Finally, try the wildcards.  */
7816   if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
7817     expr = head->remaining;
7818   else
7819     expr = prev->next;
7820   for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
7821     {
7822       const char *s;
7823 
7824       if (!expr->pattern)
7825 	continue;
7826 
7827       if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
7828 	break;
7829 
7830       if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7831 	s = java_sym;
7832       else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7833 	s = cxx_sym;
7834       else
7835 	s = c_sym;
7836       if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
7837 	break;
7838     }
7839 
7840  out_ret:
7841   if (c_sym != sym)
7842     free ((char *) c_sym);
7843   if (cxx_sym != sym)
7844     free ((char *) cxx_sym);
7845   if (java_sym != sym)
7846     free ((char *) java_sym);
7847   return expr;
7848 }
7849 
7850 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
7851    return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed.  */
7852 
7853 static const char *
7854 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
7855 {
7856   const char *p;
7857   bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
7858   char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
7859 
7860   for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
7861     {
7862       /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
7863 	 backslash.  */
7864       if (backslash)
7865 	{
7866 	  /* Remove the preceding backslash.  */
7867 	  *(s - 1) = *p;
7868 	  backslash = FALSE;
7869 	  changed = TRUE;
7870 	}
7871       else
7872 	{
7873 	  if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
7874 	    {
7875 	      free (symbol);
7876 	      return NULL;
7877 	    }
7878 
7879 	  *s++ = *p;
7880 	  backslash = *p == '\\';
7881 	}
7882     }
7883 
7884   if (changed)
7885     {
7886       *s = '\0';
7887       return symbol;
7888     }
7889   else
7890     {
7891       free (symbol);
7892       return pattern;
7893     }
7894 }
7895 
7896 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression.  NEW_NAME is
7897    the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
7898    pattern to be matched against symbol names.  */
7899 
7900 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7901 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
7902 		       const char *new_name,
7903 		       const char *lang,
7904 		       bfd_boolean literal_p)
7905 {
7906   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
7907 
7908   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
7909   ret->next = orig;
7910   ret->symver = 0;
7911   ret->script = 0;
7912   ret->literal = TRUE;
7913   ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
7914   if (ret->pattern == NULL)
7915     {
7916       ret->pattern = new_name;
7917       ret->literal = FALSE;
7918     }
7919 
7920   if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
7921     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7922   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
7923     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
7924   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
7925     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
7926   else
7927     {
7928       einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
7929 	     lang);
7930       ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7931     }
7932 
7933   return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
7934 }
7935 
7936 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
7937    expressions.  */
7938 
7939 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
7940 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
7941 		    struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
7942 {
7943   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
7944 
7945   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
7946   ret->globals.list = globals;
7947   ret->locals.list = locals;
7948   ret->match = lang_vers_match;
7949   ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
7950   return ret;
7951 }
7952 
7953 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices.  */
7954 
7955 static int version_index;
7956 
7957 static hashval_t
7958 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
7959 {
7960   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
7961       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
7962 
7963   return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
7964 }
7965 
7966 static int
7967 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7968 {
7969   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
7970       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
7971   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
7972       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
7973 
7974   return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
7975 }
7976 
7977 static void
7978 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
7979 {
7980   size_t count = 0;
7981   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
7982   struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
7983 
7984   for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
7985     {
7986       if (e->literal)
7987 	count++;
7988       head->mask |= e->mask;
7989     }
7990 
7991   if (count)
7992     {
7993       head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
7994 				version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
7995       list_loc = &head->list;
7996       remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
7997       for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
7998 	{
7999 	  next = e->next;
8000 	  if (!e->literal)
8001 	    {
8002 	      *remaining_loc = e;
8003 	      remaining_loc = &e->next;
8004 	    }
8005 	  else
8006 	    {
8007 	      void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8008 
8009 	      if (*loc)
8010 		{
8011 		  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8012 
8013 		  e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8014 		  last = NULL;
8015 		  do
8016 		    {
8017 		      if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8018 			{
8019 			  last = NULL;
8020 			  break;
8021 			}
8022 		      last = e1;
8023 		      e1 = e1->next;
8024 		    }
8025 		  while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8026 
8027 		  if (last == NULL)
8028 		    {
8029 		      /* This is a duplicate.  */
8030 		      /* FIXME: Memory leak.  Sometimes pattern is not
8031 			 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory.  */
8032 		      /* free (e->pattern); */
8033 		      free (e);
8034 		    }
8035 		  else
8036 		    {
8037 		      e->next = last->next;
8038 		      last->next = e;
8039 		    }
8040 		}
8041 	      else
8042 		{
8043 		  *loc = e;
8044 		  *list_loc = e;
8045 		  list_loc = &e->next;
8046 		}
8047 	    }
8048 	}
8049       *remaining_loc = NULL;
8050       *list_loc = head->remaining;
8051     }
8052   else
8053     head->remaining = head->list;
8054 }
8055 
8056 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8057    version.  */
8058 
8059 void
8060 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8061 			 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8062 			 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8063 {
8064   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8065   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8066 
8067   if (name == NULL)
8068     name = "";
8069 
8070   if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8071       && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8072     {
8073       einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8074 	       " with other version tags\n"));
8075       free (version);
8076       return;
8077     }
8078 
8079   /* Make sure this node has a unique name.  */
8080   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8081     if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8082       einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8083 
8084   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8085   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8086 
8087   /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8088      aren't any duplicates.  */
8089 
8090   for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8091     {
8092       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8093 	{
8094 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8095 
8096 	  if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8097 	    {
8098 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8099 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8100 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8101 		{
8102 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8103 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8104 			     " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8105 		  e2 = e2->next;
8106 		}
8107 	    }
8108 	  else if (!e1->literal)
8109 	    for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8110 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8111 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8112 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8113 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8114 	}
8115     }
8116 
8117   for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8118     {
8119       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8120 	{
8121 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8122 
8123 	  if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8124 	    {
8125 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8126 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8127 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8128 		{
8129 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8130 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8131 			     " in version information\n"),
8132 			   e1->pattern);
8133 		  e2 = e2->next;
8134 		}
8135 	    }
8136 	  else if (!e1->literal)
8137 	    for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8138 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8139 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8140 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8141 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8142 	}
8143     }
8144 
8145   version->deps = deps;
8146   version->name = name;
8147   if (name[0] != '\0')
8148     {
8149       ++version_index;
8150       version->vernum = version_index;
8151     }
8152   else
8153     version->vernum = 0;
8154 
8155   for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8156     ;
8157   *pp = version;
8158 }
8159 
8160 /* This is called when we see a version dependency.  */
8161 
8162 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8163 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8164 {
8165   struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8166   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8167 
8168   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8169   ret->next = list;
8170 
8171   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8172     {
8173       if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8174 	{
8175 	  ret->version_needed = t;
8176 	  return ret;
8177 	}
8178     }
8179 
8180   einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8181 
8182   ret->version_needed = NULL;
8183   return ret;
8184 }
8185 
8186 static void
8187 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8188 {
8189   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8190 
8191   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8192     {
8193       asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8194       char *contents, *p;
8195       bfd_size_type len;
8196 
8197       if (sec == NULL)
8198 	continue;
8199 
8200       len = sec->size;
8201       contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8202       if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8203 	einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8204 
8205       p = contents;
8206       while (p < contents + len)
8207 	{
8208 	  greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8209 	  p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8210 	}
8211 
8212       /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex.  */
8213 
8214       /* Do not include this section in the link.  */
8215       sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8216     }
8217 
8218   lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8219   lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8220 			   lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8221 }
8222 
8223 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8224 
8225 static void
8226 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8227 {
8228   lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8229 
8230   for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8231     {
8232       if (r->origin_exp)
8233 	{
8234 	  exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8235 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
8236 	    {
8237 	      r->origin = expld.result.value;
8238 	      r->current = r->origin;
8239 	    }
8240 	  else
8241 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8242 		   r->name_list.name);
8243 	}
8244       if (r->length_exp)
8245 	{
8246 	  exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8247 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
8248 	    r->length = expld.result.value;
8249 	  else
8250 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8251 		   r->name_list.name);
8252 	}
8253     }
8254 }
8255 
8256 void
8257 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8258 {
8259   struct unique_sections *ent;
8260 
8261   for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8262     if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8263       return;
8264 
8265   ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8266   ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8267   ent->next = unique_section_list;
8268   unique_section_list = ent;
8269 }
8270 
8271 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one.  */
8272 
8273 void
8274 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8275 {
8276   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8277     {
8278       struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8279       for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8280 	;
8281       tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8282       link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8283     }
8284   else
8285     {
8286       struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8287 
8288       d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8289       d->head.list = dynamic;
8290       d->match = lang_vers_match;
8291       link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8292     }
8293 }
8294 
8295 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8296    one.  */
8297 
8298 void
8299 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8300 {
8301   const char *symbols[] =
8302     {
8303       "typeinfo name for*",
8304       "typeinfo for*"
8305     };
8306   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8307   unsigned int i;
8308 
8309   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8310     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8311 				     FALSE);
8312 
8313   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8314 }
8315 
8316 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8317    existing one.  */
8318 
8319 void
8320 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8321 {
8322   const char *symbols[] =
8323     {
8324       "operator new*",
8325       "operator delete*"
8326     };
8327   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8328   unsigned int i;
8329 
8330   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8331     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8332 				     FALSE);
8333 
8334   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8335 }
8336 
8337 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features.  */
8338 
8339 void
8340 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8341 {
8342   char *p, *q;
8343 
8344   p = str;
8345   while (*p)
8346     {
8347       char sep;
8348       while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8349 	++p;
8350       if (!*p)
8351 	break;
8352       q = p + 1;
8353       while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8354 	++q;
8355       sep = *q;
8356       *q = 0;
8357       if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8358 	config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8359       else
8360 	einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8361       *q = sep;
8362       p = q;
8363     }
8364 }
8365 
8366 /* Pretty print memory amount.  */
8367 
8368 static void
8369 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8370 {
8371   if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8372     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8373   else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8374     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8375   else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8376     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8377   else
8378     printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8379 }
8380 
8381 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage.  */
8382 
8383 void
8384 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8385 {
8386   lang_memory_region_type *r;
8387 
8388   printf ("Memory region         Used Size  Region Size  %%age Used\n");
8389   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8390     {
8391       bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8392       double percent;
8393 
8394       printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8395       lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8396       lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8397 
8398       percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8399 
8400       printf ("    %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8401     }
8402 }
8403